0% found this document useful (0 votes)
219 views192 pages

RTCA DO-214A 2013 Audio Systems Characteristics and Minimum Operational Performance Standards For Aircraft Audio Syste

Uploaded by

yaping yin
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
219 views192 pages

RTCA DO-214A 2013 Audio Systems Characteristics and Minimum Operational Performance Standards For Aircraft Audio Syste

Uploaded by

yaping yin
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 192

RTCA, Inc.

1150 18th St. NW, Suite 910


Washington, D.C. 20036, U.S.A.

Audio Systems Characteristics and Minimum


Operational Performance Standards for Aircraft
Audio Systems and Equipment

RTCA DO-214A
Supersedes DO-214 Prepared by: SC-226
December 18, 2013 ©2013 RTCA, Inc.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Copies of this document may be obtained from

RTCA, Inc.
th
1150 18 St. NW, Suite 910
Washington, D.C. 20036, USA

Telephone: 202-833-9339
Facsimile: 202-833-9434
Internet: www.rtca.org

Please call RTCA for price and ordering information

ii
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
FOREWORD

This report was prepared by Special Committee 226 (SC-226) and approved by the RTCA Program
Management Committee (PMC) on December 18, 2013.

RTCA, Incorporated is a not-for-profit corporation formed to advance the art and science of aviation and
aviation electronic systems for the benefit of the public. The organization functions as a Federal advisory
committee and develops consensus-based recommendations on contemporary aviation issues. RTCA’s
objectives include, but are not limited to:

 coalescing aviation system user and provider technical requirements in a manner that helps
government and industry meet their mutual objectives and responsibilities;

 analyzing and recommending solutions to the system technical issues that aviation faces as it
continues to pursue increased safety, system capacity and efficiency;

 developing consensus on the application of pertinent technology to fulfill user and provider
requirements, including development of minimum operational performance standards for electronic
systems and equipment that support aviation; and

 assisting in developing the appropriate technical material upon which positions for the International
Civil Aviation Organization and the International Telecommunication Union and other appropriate
international organizations can be based.

The recommendations of RTCA are often used as the basis for government and private sector decisions as
well as the foundation for many Federal Aviation Administration Technical Standard Orders and several
advisory circulars.

Since RTCA is not an official agency of the United States Government, its recommendations may not be
regarded as statements of official government policy unless so enunciated by the U. S. Government
organization or agency having statutory jurisdiction over any matters to which the recommendations
relate.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

RTCA/DO-214 was originally prepared by RTCA Special Committee 164 (SC-164). It was approved by
the RTCA Program Management Committee on March 2, 1993 and supersedes RTCA/DO-170, Audio
System Characteristics and Minimum Performance Standards, Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon),
Aircraft Headsets and Speakers, Aircraft Audio Selector Panels and Amplifiers. RTCA/DO-214A was
prepared by RTCA Special Committee 226 (SC-226). It was approved by the RTCA Program
Management Committee on December 18, 2013 and supersedes RTCA/DO-214.

The purpose of this revision is to add a number of important improvements. This revision includes
requirements covering technology advances, harmonization of DO-214 with other revised standards,
addresses industry and FAA feedback for improvements and from advancements in audio, acoustic and
communications sciences and methodologies that have developed since the original release of DO-214.
DO-214A is not intended to cover all aspects of the rapidly advancing field of digital audio technology.
The scope of digital audio science is much wider and more comprehensive than can be covered in this
revision. Examples of changes that have been made are: Active Noise Reduction (ANR) technology has
advanced significantly since the original release of DO-214 so ANR requirements have been added to
DO-214A. EUROCAE Document ED-112 is now being widely used for Cockpit Voice Recorders (CVR)
and CVR Microphones so CVR microphones have been removed from DO-214A. Oxygen Mask
Microphones have been added, along with Speakers with Active Circuitry, different types of Handsets
and Push-To-Talk switches that are available on the market, as well as some changes covering
advancements in digital audio technology. DO-214A has also been harmonized with DO-160G,
DO-178C, DO-254 and new industry standards ARINC535B and ARINC538C.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1


1.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Background ....................................................................................................................... 2
1.2.1 Noise ........................................................................................................................... 2
1.2.1.1 Ambient Noise ..................................................................................................... 2
1.2.1.2 Circuit Noise ........................................................................................................ 3
1.2.2 Communicator Practices ............................................................................................. 4
1.2.3 Audio Response........................................................................................................... 4
1.2.4 Articulation Index ....................................................................................................... 5
1.2.4.1 Rapid Speech Transmission Index ....................................................................... 5
1.2.4.2 Speech Transmission Index for Public Address Systems .................................... 6
1.2.5 Absolute (Envelope) Delay ......................................................................................... 6
1.2.6 Differential Delay........................................................................................................ 8
1.2.7 Overdrive..................................................................................................................... 9
1.2.8 Intermodulation Distortion .......................................................................................... 9
1.2.9 Push-to-Talk (PTT) Absolute (Envelope) Delay......................................................... 9
1.3 System Overview ............................................................................................................ 10

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.3.1 Control of Microphone Input and Output Signals ..................................................... 10
1.3.1.1 Speech Level Improvement Measures ............................................................... 10
1.3.1.2 Noise Reduction Measures ................................................................................ 11
1.3.1.3 Low Frequency De-emphasis ............................................................................ 12
1.3.1.4 Automatic Gain Control ..................................................................................... 12
1.3.2 Microphones .............................................................................................................. 12
1.3.2.1 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 12
1.3.2.2 Shielding Considerations ................................................................................... 12
1.3.3 Control of Received Audio Signals ........................................................................... 13
1.3.3.1 Output Level Controls........................................................................................ 13
1.3.3.2 Headsets ............................................................................................................. 13
1.3.3.3 Loudspeakers ..................................................................................................... 14
1.3.4 Analysis of Problems and Possible Improvement Measures..................................... 15

iii

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
1.3.5 Long-Term Improvements ........................................................................................ 16
1.3.5.1 Ambient Noise - Aircraft ................................................................................... 16
1.3.5.2 Ambient Noise -Ground Stations ....................................................................... 16
1.3.5.3 Control of Communicator Practices................................................................... 17
1.3.5.4 Hearing Damage Risk and Headset Attenuation................................................ 17
1.4 System Characteristics -General ..................................................................................... 20
1.4.1 Automatic Gain Control and Compression ............................................................... 20
1.4.2 Sidetone Level Control.............................................................................................. 21
1.4.3 Transmission Bandwidth........................................................................................... 22
1.4.4 Reduction of Distortion ............................................................................................. 23
1.4.5 Cockpit Voice Recorder HOT Microphone .............................................................. 24
1.4.6 Audibility of Aural Alerts and Noise Attenuating Headsets ..................................... 25
1.4.7 Oxygen Mask Microphones ...................................................................................... 27
1.5 Audio Systems Interface Goals...................................................................................... 28
1.5.1 General Notes ........................................................................................................... 28
1.5.2 Microphone Input Circuits ........................................................................................ 30
1.5.3 Microphone Emulation Output.................................................................................. 31
1.5.4 PA, Receiver, and lnterphone Outputs to Audio System .......................................... 31
1.5.5 lnterphone, Headset and Handset Amplifier Outputs from Audio System ............... 32
1.5.6 Audio Selector Panel and Audio Control Panel/Audio Management Unit Input ...... 34
1.5.7 CVR Output from Audio System .............................................................................. 34
1.5.8 Crosstalk of Audio System ........................................................................................ 34
1.5.9 Speaker Output from Audio System ......................................................................... 34
1.6 Assumptions .................................................................................................................... 34
1.7 Software and Complex Electronic Hardware Considerations ......................................... 35
1.8 Test Procedures ............................................................................................................... 35
1.9 Definitions of Terms ....................................................................................................... 37

2.0 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND TEST PROCEDURES 45


2.1 General Requirements ..................................................................................................... 45
2.1.1 Airworthiness ............................................................................................................ 45
2.1.2 Intended Function...................................................................................................... 45
2.1.3 Federal Communications Commission Rules ........................................................... 45

iv
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2.1.4 Fire Protection ........................................................................................................... 45
2.1.5 Operation of Controls ................................................................................................ 45
2.1.6 Accessibility of Controls ........................................................................................... 45
2.1.7 Effects of Test ........................................................................................................... 46
2.1.8 Applicability of Tests to Equipment ......................................................................... 46
2.1.9 Test Equipment ......................................................................................................... 46
2.2 Performance Requirements -Aircraft Microphones (Except for Carbon) ....................... 47
2.2.1 Frequency Response.................................................................................................. 47
2.2.1.1 Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) ................................................................ 47
2.2.1.2 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 48
2.2.1.3 Oxygen Mask Microphones ............................................................................... 48
2.2.2 Distortion................................................................................................................... 49
2.2.2.1 Microphones (Except Handset Microphones and Oxygen Mask Microphones) 49
2.2.2.2 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 50
2.2.2.3 Handset Microphone .......................................................................................... 50
2.2.2.4 Oxygen Mask Microphones ............................................................................... 50
2.2.3 Sensitivity .................................................................................................................. 50
2.2.3.1 Microphones (Except Handset Microphones and Oxygen Mask Microphones) 50
2.2.3.2 Handset Microphones ........................................................................................ 50
2.2.3.3 Oxygen Mask Microphones ............................................................................... 51
2.2.4 Noise Level ............................................................................................................... 51
2.2.5 Deleted ...................................................................................................................... 51
2.2.6 Deleted ...................................................................................................................... 51
2.2.7 Insulation Resistance ................................................................................................. 51
2.2.8 Microphone Cord ...................................................................................................... 51
2.2.8.1 Cord Flexibility .................................................................................................. 52
2.2.8.2 Cord/Connector Flexibility ................................................................................ 52
2.2.8.3 Cord/Connector Pull-Out ................................................................................... 52
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.2.9 Push-to-Talk Switch .................................................................................................. 52


2.2.10 Microphone Drop Resistance .................................................................................. 53
2.2.11 Headset/Handset Isolation ....................................................................................... 53
2.2.12 Absolute Delay ........................................................................................................ 53
2.2.13 Listening Test .......................................................................................................... 53

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2.3 Performance Requirements Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers................. 53
2.3.1 Frequency Response.................................................................................................. 54
2.3.1.1 Headsets and Handsets ....................................................................................... 54
2.3.1.2 Loudspeakers ..................................................................................................... 54
2.3.2 Distortion................................................................................................................... 54
2.3.2.1 Headsets and Handsets ....................................................................................... 54
2.3.2.2 Loudspeakers ..................................................................................................... 54
2.3.3 Sensitivity .................................................................................................................. 54
2.3.3.1 Headsets ............................................................................................................. 54
2.3.3.2 Loudspeakers ..................................................................................................... 55
2.3.4 Impedance ................................................................................................................. 55
2.3.4.1 Headsets and Handsets ....................................................................................... 55
2.3.4.2 Loudspeakers ..................................................................................................... 56
2.3.5 Overload .................................................................................................................... 56
2.3.5.1 Headsets and Handsets ....................................................................................... 56

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.3.5.2 Loudspeakers ..................................................................................................... 56
2.3.6 Power Handling Rating (Loudspeakers) ................................................................... 56
2.3.7 Insulation Resistance ................................................................................................. 56
2.3.8 Headset and Handset Cord ........................................................................................ 56
2.3.8.1 Evidence of Damage .......................................................................................... 56
2.3.8.2 Cord Flexibility .................................................................................................. 57
2.3.8.3 Cord/Connector Flexibility ................................................................................ 57
2.3.8.4 Cord/Connector Pull-Out ................................................................................... 57
2.3.9 Headset or Handset Drop Resistance ........................................................................ 57
2.3.10 Acoustic Quality...................................................................................................... 57
2.3.11 Speaker Polarity ...................................................................................................... 57
2.3.12 Headsets with Active Noise Reduction ................................................................... 57
2.3.13 Headset Attenuation Performance ........................................................................... 58
2.3.14 ANR Stability .......................................................................................................... 58
2.3.15 Absolute Delay ........................................................................................................ 59
2.3.16 Audio Noise Without Signal ................................................................................... 59
2.3.17 Listening Test .......................................................................................................... 59
2.4 Performance Requirements - Audio System ................................................................... 60

vi

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2.4.1 Rated Output Power .................................................................................................. 60
2.4.2 Audio Frequency Characteristics .............................................................................. 60
2.4.2.1 Audio Frequency Response ............................................................................... 60
2.4.2.2 Spurious Responses ........................................................................................... 60
2.4.3 Distortion Characteristics .......................................................................................... 60
2.4.4 Impedance Characteristics......................................................................................... 61
2.4.4.1 Input Impedance ................................................................................................ 61
2.4.4.2 Output Impedance .............................................................................................. 61
2.4.5 Volume Controls ....................................................................................................... 61
2.4.6 Output Regulation ..................................................................................................... 61
2.4.7 Coupling Between Audio Circuits -Crosstalk ........................................................... 62
2.4.7.1 Input to Output Crosstalk and Bleed-Through Levels ....................................... 62
2.4.7.2 Input-to-Input Crosstalk Level ........................................................................... 62
2.4.7.3 Station-to-Station Crosstalk Level ..................................................................... 62
2.4.7.4 Input-to-Microphone Output Crosstalk.............................................................. 62
2.4.8 Compression .............................................................................................................. 62
2.4.9 Stability and Short Circuit ......................................................................................... 63
2.4.10 Intermodulation Distortion ...................................................................................... 63
2.4.11 Audio Noise Level .................................................................................................. 63
2.4.11.1 Audio Noise Without Signal ............................................................................ 63
2.4.11.2 Signal Plus Noise Degradation ........................................................................ 63
2.4.12 System Polarity (non-delay phase inversion) .......................................................... 63
2.4.13 Delays ...................................................................................................................... 63
2.4.13.2 Differential Delay ............................................................................................ 64
2.4.13.3 Push-to-Talk (PTT) Delay ............................................................................... 65
2.4.14 Overdrive................................................................................................................. 65
2.4.14.1 Input Overdrive ................................................................................................ 65
2.4.14.2 Output Overdrive ............................................................................................. 65
2.4.14.3 Transient Recovery .......................................................................................... 65
2.4.15 Listening Test .......................................................................................................... 65
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.5 Equipment Performance - Environmental Conditions .................................................... 66


2.5.1 Temperature and Altitude Tests ................................................................................ 66

vii

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2.5.1.1 Short Time Operating Low, Ground Survival Low-Temperature Test and
Operating Low-Temperature Test.................................................................................................. 67
2.5.1.2 Ground Survival High-Temperature Test and Short-Time Operating High-
Temperature Test ........................................................................................................................... 68
2.5.1.3 Operating High-temperature Test ...................................................................... 70
2.5.1.4 Altitude Tests ..................................................................................................... 72
2.5.1.5 Decompression Test (When Required) .............................................................. 73
2.5.1.6 Overpressure Test (When Required) ................................................................. 74
2.5.2 Temperature Variation Test ...................................................................................... 75
2.5.3 Humidity Test............................................................................................................ 76
2.5.4 Shock Tests ............................................................................................................... 77
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.5.4.1 Operational Shocks ............................................................................................ 77


2.5.4.2 Crash Safety Shocks .......................................................................................... 78
2.5.5 Vibration Tests .......................................................................................................... 78
2.5.6 Magnetic Effect Test ................................................................................................. 80
2.5.7 Power Input Tests ...................................................................................................... 80
2.5.7.1 Normal Operating Conditions ............................................................................ 80
2.5.7.2 Abnormal Operating Conditions ........................................................................ 82
2.5.8 Voltage Spike Conducted Test .................................................................................. 83
2.5.8.1 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 84
2.5.8.2 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 84
2.5.8.3 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 84
2.5.9 Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility Test ...................................................... 85
2.5.10 Induced Signal Susceptibility Test .......................................................................... 85
2.5.11 Radio Frequency Susceptibility Test (Radiated and Conducted) ............................ 87
2.5.11.1 Steady State RF Interference Test: ..................................................................... 88
2.5.11.2 Momentary RF Interference Test: .................................................................... 90
2.5.12 Emission of Radio Frequency Energy Test ............................................................. 91
2.5.13 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility Test .................................................... 92
2.5.14 Final Distortion Test................................................................................................ 93
2.5.15 Push-to-Talk Switch Life ........................................................................................ 93
2.5.16 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Test ......................................................................... 94
2.6 Test Procedures - Aircraft Microphones ......................................................................... 95
2.6.1 Conditions of Test ..................................................................................................... 95

viii

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2.6.2 Detailed Test Procedures ........................................................................................... 95
2.6.2.1 Near Field Sensitivity and Frequency Response - Microphones ....................... 96
2.6.2.2 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 98
2.6.2.3 Distortion Measurement - Microphones ............................................................ 98
2.6.2.4 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 99
2.6.2.5 Noise Level ........................................................................................................ 99
2.6.2.5.1 Variation of Excitation Voltage .................................................................. 99
2.6.2.5.2 Audio Noise without Signal ....................................................................... 99
2.6.2.6 Deleted ............................................................................................................... 99
2.6.2.7 Cord/Connector Flexibility Test ........................................................................ 99
2.6.2.8 Cord/Connector Pull-Out ................................................................................. 100
2.6.2.9 Push-to-Talk Switch Life ................................................................................. 100
2.6.2.10 Isolation - Headsets and Handsets ................................................................. 100
2.6.2.11 Absolute Delay .............................................................................................. 101
2.6.2.12 Microphone Functional Test: ......................................................................... 101
2.6.2.13 Listening Test ................................................................................................ 101
2.7 Test Procedures -Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers ................................ 102
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.7.1 Conditions of Test ................................................................................................... 102


2.7.2 Detailed Test Procedures ......................................................................................... 103
2.7.2.1 Sensitivity, Frequency Response and Distortion-Headsets and Handsets ....... 103
2.7.2.2 Sensitivity, Frequency Response and Distortion - Loudspeakers .................... 109
2.7.2.3 Acoustic Quality .............................................................................................. 109
2.7.2.4 Absolute Delay ................................................................................................ 110
2.7.3 Headset Attenuation Measurement ......................................................................... 110
2.7.3.1 Trained Subject Acoustic Performance Test .................................................... 110
2.7.3.2 Passive and Active Attenuation Functional Test ............................................. 110
2.7.3.3 ANR Headset Operation and Stability ............................................................. 111
2.7.3.4 Absolute Delay ..................................................................................................... 112
2.7.3.5 Audio Noise Without Signal ................................................................................ 112
2.7.3.6 Listening Test ....................................................................................................... 113
2.8 Test Procedures -Audio System .................................................................................... 115
2.8.1 Conditions of Test ................................................................................................... 115
2.8.2 Detailed Test Procedures ......................................................................................... 115

ix

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2.8.2.1 Rated Output Power ......................................................................................... 116
2.8.2.2 Audio Frequency Characteristics ..................................................................... 116
2.8.2.2.1 Audio Frequency Response ...................................................................... 117
2.8.2.2.2 Spurious Responses .................................................................................. 117
2.8.2.3 Distortion Characteristics................................................................................. 118
2.8.2.4 Impedance Characteristics ............................................................................... 118
2.8.2.4.1 Input Impedance ....................................................................................... 118
2.8.2.4.2 Output Impedance .................................................................................... 119
2.8.2.5 Volume Controls .............................................................................................. 120
2.8.2.6 Output Regulation ............................................................................................ 121
2.8.2.7 Crosstalk .......................................................................................................... 121
2.8.2.7.1 Input-to-Output Crosstalk and Bleed-Through Levels ............................. 122
2.8.2.7.2 Input to Input Crosstalk ............................................................................ 123
2.8.2.7.3 Station-to-Station Crosstalk...................................................................... 123
2.8.2.7.4 Input-to-Microphone Output Crosstalk .................................................... 123
2.8.2.8 Amplifiers with Compression .......................................................................... 124
2.8.2.9 Stability and Short Circuit ............................................................................... 124
2.8.2.10 Intermodulation Distortion............................................................................. 125
2.8.2.11 Noise .............................................................................................................. 125
2.8.2.11.1 Audio Noise Without Signal................................................................... 125
2.8.2.11.2 Signal Plus Noise Degradation ............................................................... 125
2.8.2.12 System Polarity .............................................................................................. 126
2.8.2.13 Delays ............................................................................................................ 126
2.8.2.13.1 Absolute Delay ....................................................................................... 126
2.8.2.13.2 Differential Delay ................................................................................... 127
2.8.2.13.3 Push-to-Talk (PTT) Delay ...................................................................... 127
2.8.2.14 Overdrive ....................................................................................................... 127
2.8.2.14.1 Input Overdrive....................................................................................... 128
2.8.2.14.2 Output Overdrive .................................................................................... 128
2.8.2.14.3 Transient Recovery ................................................................................. 128
2.8.2.15 Listening Test ............................................................................................ 128

x
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
3.0 INSTALLED EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE ......................................................... 129
3.1 Equipment Installation .................................................................................................. 129
3.1.1 Accessibility ............................................................................................................ 129
3.1.2 Aircraft Environment .............................................................................................. 129
3.1.3 Display Visibility .................................................................................................... 129
3.1.4 Dynamic Response .................................................................................................. 129
3.1.5 Failure Protection .................................................................................................... 129
3.1.6 Interference Effects ................................................................................................. 130
3.1.7 Inadvertent Turnoff ................................................................................................. 130
3.1.8 Aircraft Power Source ............................................................................................. 130
3.2 Installed Equipment Performance Requirements .......................................................... 130
3.3 Conditions of Test ......................................................................................................... 130
3.3.1 Power Input ............................................................................................................. 130
3.3.2 Associated Equipment or Systems .......................................................................... 131
3.3.3 Environment ............................................................................................................ 131
3.3.4 Adjustment of Equipment ....................................................................................... 131
3.3.5 Warm-up Period ...................................................................................................... 131
3.4 Test Procedures for Installed Equipment Performance ................................................. 131
3.4.1 Ground Test Procedures .......................................................................................... 131
3.4.1.1 Conformity Inspection ..................................................................................... 131
3.4.1.2 Equipment Function ......................................................................................... 132
3.4.1.3 Interference Effects .......................................................................................... 132
3.4.1.4 Power Supply Fluctuations .............................................................................. 132
3.4.2 Aircraft System Communications Testing .............................................................. 132
3.4.2.1 Spurious Output Signals .................................................................................. 132
3.4.2.2 Spurious Input Signals ..................................................................................... 133
3.4.2.3 Radio Generated Response .............................................................................. 133
3.4.2.3.1 Radio Output Spurious Levels .................................................................. 133

4.0 EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS ........... 135


4.1 Required Operational Performance Requirements........................................................ 135
4.1.1 Power Input ............................................................................................................. 135

xi
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
4.1.2 Equipment Operating Modes .................................................................................. 135
4.2 Test Procedures for Operational Performance Requirements ....................................... 135
4.2.1 Power Input ............................................................................................................. 135
4.2.2 Equipment Operating Modes .................................................................................. 135
4.2.3 Noise-Attenuating Headsets .................................................................................... 135
4.2.4 Self-Test .................................................................................................................. 136

5.0 MEMBERSHIP ............................................................................................................... 137

APPENDIX A ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX B ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX C ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX D ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX E ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX F ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX G ................................................................................................................................. 1

APPENDIX H ................................................................................................................................. 1

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

xii

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
1

1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE

1.1 Introduction

This document contains audio systems characteristics and minimum operational performance
standards for aircraft headset microphones, handset microphones (Except carbon), oxygen mask
microphones, headsets, handsets, speakers, audio selector panels (ASP) and amplifiers. These
standards specify system characteristics that should be useful to designers, manufacturers,
installers and users of the equipment.

Compliance with these standards is recommended as one means of assuring that the equipment
will perform its intended function(s) satisfactorily under all conditions normally encountered in
routine aeronautical operations. Any regulatory application of this document is the sole
responsibility of appropriate governmental agencies.

Section 1.0 of this document provides information needed to understand the rationale for
equipment characteristics and requirements stated in the remaining sections. It describes
typical equipment applications and operational goals and establishes the basis for standards
stated in Section 2.0 through 4.0. Definitions and assumptions essential to the proper
understanding of this document are also provided in this section.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Section 2.0 contains the minimum performance standards for the equipment. These standards
specify the required performance under standard, operational, and environmental conditions.
Also included are recommended bench test procedures necessary to demonstrate equipment
compliance with the stated minimum requirements.

Section 3.0 describes the performance required of the installed equipment. Tests for the
installed equipment are included when performance cannot be adequately determined through
bench testing.

Section 4.0 describes the operational performance characteristics for equipment installations
and defines conditions that will assure the equipment user that operations can be conducted
safely and reliably in the expected operational environment.

The word "equipment" as used in this document includes all components or units necessary to
properly perform the intended function(s). Since the measured values of equipment
performance may be a function of the measurement method, standard test conditions and
methods of test are recommended.

Consideration was given to the overall system characteristics that affect the intelligibility of air-
ground speech communication. This included, to the extent feasible, review and evaluation of
all design measures giving promise of audio response improvement. Although consideration
was specifically applied to equipment design characteristics, it became evident that
environmental conditions and practices of communicators create not only a need for
improvements in the system, but seriously limit improvements attainable by design changes
alone. Other limitations are imposed by regulatory agencies and international agreements. In
view of this, it was considered important, in the interest of aviation, to emphasize these related

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
2

aspects in this document and to point out that control of environmental conditions and user
practices require action by other than communication equipment designers. References used in
the preparation of this document are listed in Appendix F.

If the measures recommended in this document are followed, and equipment is in good
condition, very satisfactory transmission results can be expected (about 80 percent
intelligibility, or better, on most contacts). However, this represents a potential capability
based on what are believed to be reasonably attainable communicator practices.

It should be noted that this standard is intended to provide minimum performance requirements
for equipment. However, the equipment manufacturer must consider the environment in which
the equipment is intended to be installed. As an example, a commercial aviation transport
aircraft may have different performance requirements than those contained in this performance
standard and different than a light general aviation aircraft may have. The equipment must be
designed and specified according to the requirements of the target application. As a result
Technical Standard Order (TSO) approval obtained in conformance with this standard may not
be sufficient for all aircraft or guarantee that a product can be installed on a given aircraft.

1.2 Background

The overall intelligibility of a voice communication system depends on a number of factors:


Apparatus design, manufacturing techniques, site communication practices and coverage
attempted, maintenance, ambient noise at terminals and communicator practices in talking and
listening. While it is probable that some benefits would be obtained by improvements in each
of these factors, it is evident that if all else were perfect, difficulties would exist due to ambient
noise conditions, communicator practices and bandwidth limitations. This applies to UHF,
VHF and HF radio channels. Because of variations in propagation and static (and other
sources of noise), HF transmission presents a special difficulty in noise arising within the
transmission medium, normally called "circuit noise." These considerations follow.

1.2.1 Noise

The primary contributors to interfering noise are acoustic ambient noise, atmospheric ambient
noise and ambient noise produced by the communication system. Here, the design
considerations in the audio response area are preventing ambient noise penetration into the
communication system through the use of noise reduction technologies, maintenance of
optimum system response and improvement of (S+N)/N in the receiver input.

1.2.1.1 Ambient Noise

A few considerations of importance in evaluating the ambient noise situation are (unless
otherwise indicated, all Sound Pressure Levels [SPL] are in reference to 20 µPa; dBA indicates
the level is measured through an A-weighting filter):

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
3

a. Ambient noise in the cockpit of aircraft ranges from around 80 dB to about 125 dB,
depending on the type of aircraft, the engine power being exerted and the flight regime. A-
weighted levels, which are more indicative of the potential for causing hearing damage,
typically range from 70 to 80 dBA for commercial airliners up to 85 to 100 dBA in
propeller and rotary-wing aircraft.

b. Ambient noise at ground stations is extremely variable and significant data is very limited.
Measurements at several air traffic control facilities indicate an average of about 80 dBA
under heavy traffic control conditions. For 10 percent of the observed period, the noise

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
level exceeded 88 dBA. (The level is higher at the low frequencies, and decreases toward
the higher frequencies, with a slope of about 6 dB per octave.) It is expected that the
average ambient noise at other ground stations probably ranges from 75 to 90 dBA under
busy conditions.

c. Measurements of radio communications indicate that the average speech level at a close
talking microphone (about 6 mm separation) is 98 dBA. (The speech level rises at about 3
dB per octave to peak at approximately 700 Hz, then decreases toward the higher
frequencies with a slope of about 6 dB per octave). There is a tendency to raise the voice
level in the presence of ambient noise, but 115 dBA is about the normal maximum
microphone input level for the average person speaking approximately one inch (25.4 mm)
from the microphone under extreme conditions. For very short periods, the same person
may talk at about 130 dBA, but too much effort is required to maintain such a level for
more than a few moments.

For reception, the preferred speech sound levels into the ear would be under 80 dBA.
However, the levels of ambient noise in some cockpit environments are such that normal
conversation cannot be maintained without increasing the level of the desired speech. It is
desirable to have received speech levels at least 10 dBA greater than the Speech
Interference Levels (Refer to SIL or PSIL), but the maximum level must never exceed a
level that can cause damage to the user's hearing (refer to Subparagraph 1.3.5.4). It is
evident that a fundamental part of the problem is to restrict the injection of ambient noise at
both ends of the system: at the system's input (microphone) and at its output (listener's ear).

1.2.1.2 Circuit Noise

Circuit noise includes all noise presented to the listener by the communication system;
namely, noise produced within, or induced into, receiver equipment, and all natural and
manmade electromagnetic interference. Through the use of current aircraft wiring design
practices, communication system produced noise may be maintained at levels of at least 40 dB
below the desired speech signals. In the VHF and UHF frequency ranges, the (S+N)/N of the
detected audio generally varies from a minimum of 6 dB to better than 40 dB. (Extreme
variations in Propagation and atmospherics in the HF band occasionally result in seriously
degraded reception.)

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
4

1.2.2 Communicator Practices

The information available on communicator practices in the aviation field is rather limited.
However, it is common experience that people are disposed to use micro- phones and
receivers in the most comfortable, convenient manner and to talk and listen with no more
effort than they consider necessary. The better the communication condition, the greater the
tendency is to take advantage of it. This disposition, of course, degrades transmission
performance. Since, in the aviation field, airborne communicators (as a rule) are in the noisier
environment, they have the more difficult receiving condition and, as a result, would be
expected to tend toward better communicator habits. For ground personnel, ambient noise is
usually much lower, particularly over a period of time encompassing both busy and light
periods. They also benefit by the tendency of the airborne communicators to speak louder.
This produces contrast in the two directions of transmission and commonly causes trouble on
a call until the communicators adjust to the need.

A number of other conditions were reported of ground and airborne communicator practices.
These include:

a. Microphones not held close to the lips, and headsets not positioned properly.

b. Talking into the microphones at a very low speech level and, on some occasions, with
something in the mouth.

c. Faulty or improper type of microphones.

d. Airborne equipment either improperly adjusted or the transmitter over modulated.

e. Local dialects or heavy accents.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

f. Use of "stilted" speech, or unconventional vocabulary.

g. The effect of oxygen mask pressure on the operator’s speech quality.

These occurrences are not peculiar to aviation. A realistic approach, however, requires
recognition of the situation, and measures to effect improvements. The solution to the
communicator practices appears to lie in training and supervision. Experience demonstrates
that such efforts must be continuous.

1.2.3 Audio Response

Audio response characteristics of present air-ground facilities can be modified in three ways to
improve the intelligibility of communications:

a. By the inclusion of devices which tend to exclude ambient noise from entering the
microphone or the ear.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
5

b. By using devices to stabilize, at the highest practicable level, the speech signal input into
the radio transmitter.

c. By the use of speech signal processing, including frequency bandwidth shaping and
dynamic amplitude range shaping, for a fully tailored audio response which provides
maximum intelligibility in the complete communication link.

1.2.4 Articulation Index

The Articulation Index (AI) is defined as a measure of a communication system's expected


intelligibility and is derived from electrical and acoustic measurements on a system. A system
with an AI of 0.45 will have a predicted sentence intelligibility of approximately 97 percent and
a word intelligibility of approximately 87 percent. One approximation of the AI is Preferred
Speech Interference Level (PSIL). The PSIL is the quantity of noise in the speech frequency
spectrum which can mask speech signals and reduce the AI and the percentage of intelligibility.

A second factor affecting AI is the bandwidth of the total speech signal processing path. Any
individual communication device's own frequency response shaping provides an accumulated
effect on the bandwidth of the speech signal in the total network. This will reduce its total
energy. It is the speech signal's total system energy which competes against the acoustic
ambient noise at the listener's ear. Reductions in total speech signal energy can lessen
intelligibility.

A detailed discussion and means for determining AI, PSIL and intelligibility are included in
Appendix B.

1.2.4.1 Rapid Speech Transmission Index

Rapid Transmission Speech Index (RASTI) is an objective method of measuring the quality of
speech transmission with respect to intelligibility. RASTI is a condensed simplified and thus
accelerated method for measuring of Speech Transmission Index (STI) standardized by IEC
60268-16. RASTI offers an advantage in that both background noise and reverberation are
automatically taken into account and need not be measured separately. The STI has an index
scale that varies between 0 and 1 as a measure of speech intelligibility and is derived from the
measured reduction in signal modulation between the talker and listener. The simplifications to
the STI that allow RASTI result in restrictions that, in order to have a valid result, the tested
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

system be linear (no compression or clipping) and have a uniform frequency response (no more
than 5 dB response difference between adjacent octaves).

RASTI continues to be used in the industry, however, test equipment is no longer manufactured
and as a result, it is now commonly being replaced by STIPA.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
6

1.2.4.2 Speech Transmission Index for Public Address Systems

STIPA has emerged as a replacement to RASTI and is a simplified and thus accelerated method
for measuring Speech Transmission Index (STI) also standardized by IEC 60268-16. STIPA
does not have as many limitations as RASTI does on the situations where it gives valid
estimates of speech intelligibility. The limitations are that the system tested not introduce
strong non-linear distortion components or include vocoders or introduce frequency shifts. If
the tested system falls within the bounds of both RASTI and STIPA’s limitations, the two
methods should yield the same result.

In both RASTI and STIPA testing, the test signal employed is a signal with speech-like
characteristics. Speech can be described as noise that is modulated by low-frequency signals.
Therefore STIPA employs a special amplitude modulation scheme to generate its test signal. At
the receiving end of the communication system, the depth of modulation of the received signal
is measured and compared with that of the test signal in each of a number of frequency bands.
Reductions in the modulation depth are associated with loss of intelligibility.

1.2.5 Absolute (Envelope) Delay


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Talkers who experience delayed sidetone can become confused. It takes time for sounds to be
processed in the peripheral auditory system and for the resulting neural information to travel to
the brain. If sidetone is delayed sufficiently, with high enough amplitude, the sidetone signal
will disrupt the talker's speech. Both delay time and level of the sidetone signal contribute to
the problem.

Sidetone may also take different paths through the audio and radio system depending on
whether the path comprises analog and/or digital elements. When digital elements are included
in the signal path, system delays can be introduced. System level delays are less of a problem
when only analog circuitry is used.

The passenger address system (PA) has speakers located in the aircraft cabin, within reach of
the pilot’s hearing. As a result, the psychoacoustic effects from transmission to the PA system
can also affect the pilot.

One way communication signal paths, such as from the crew microphone through the audio
system and on board radio, over the air to the receiver on another aircraft or on the ground, can
tolerate large amounts of delay without causing psychoacoustic problems for the
communicators. As an example ED-137 allows for as much as 250mS of delay. A typical
delay for a SATCOM can be as high as 560mS. Such long delays also take into account, other
equipment in the communication signal chain on the aircraft and on the ground and not only for
the aircraft equipment.

FIGURE 1-1 describes the primary paths that audio signals can take through the combined
audio, radio and PA system. Delay 1, Delay 2 and Delay 3 describes the contribution to audio
delays by each piece of equipment. The required cumulative sidetone delays are from the
operator microphone to the operator headset. Delay 1 comprises two delays, the delay from the
microphone to the audio system and the delay from the audio system to the headset. Delay 2

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
7

describes the delay contribution from the audio equipment. Delay 3 describes the delay
contribution from the audio portion of the radio.

As shown in the figure, cumulative equipment delays for any audio path that affect operator
sidetone and transmissions to the PA system speakers can sum to no more than 20mS before
psychoacoustic effects on the operator communications begin to appear. A digital audio and
radio system will have system level cumulative delay contributions from each piece of
equipment that could easily exceed 20mS. Such delays can be mitigated through the use of
local sidetone.

This scope of this document is to define the minimum performance standard for audio systems
and equipment that is specified within this standard which must be met by equipment
manufacturers. Minimum performance standards for equipment outside the scope of this
document must be qualified according to the minimum performance standards that exist for that
type of equipment. It is not necessarily within scope of this document to dictate minimum
operational requirements at the system level. However, when an audio system is concurrently
designed with another particular piece of equipment, or multiple pieces of equipment, such as a
digital microphone, digital PA system or digital radio, the combined components that comprise
the system must be assured to meet the minimum operational performance requirements of this
standard in order to insure that the proper level of safety is achieved by the combined system
functions.

A combined system with unknown delays must be tested at the system level under the
responsibility of the installer to insure that the proper level of safety is achieved.

Refer to Subparagraph 2.4.13.1 for specific minimum performance requirements for audio
system and equipment delays and Subparagraph 2.4.13.3 for Push-to-Talk Delays.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
8

350mS
20mS

20mS
100mS PTT Delay

20mS

DELAY 1 DELAY 2 DELAY 3

AUDIO RADIO
SYSTEM SIDETONE
OR
MIC DISCRETE
LOCAL FEEDBACK SYSTEM
SIDETONE SIDETONE
TX MIC
AUDIO
PHONES ANTENNA
INTERCOM

PTT TX
PTT

MIC PA
LOCAL
SYSTEM
SIDETONE SIDETONE
OR
DISCRETE
FEEDBACK
PHONES SYSTEM
SIDETONE
TX MIC
AUDIO

TX
PTT
SPEAKER

FIGURE 1-1 AUDIO SYSTEM DELAY PATHS

NOTE: The maximum cumulative sidetone delays are from the operator microphone to the
operator headset or speaker.

1.2.6 Differential Delay

When certain, identical, periodic monotonal signals (such as sinusoids) with differing delays
are summed, cancellation occurs when:

(d1-d2): = T/2, 3T/2, 5T/2 ...


= nT/2 where the integer n = 1,3,5,...

f1(t-d1): First periodic signal with delay d1

f2(t-d2): Second identical periodic signal with delay d2

T: Signal period.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
9

An example: Nulls will be created in the audio system amplitude response when two
communication receivers tuned to the same receive frequency and routed through circuit paths
with unequal delays are both connected to the system output. A problem results if any one of
the resulting nulls fall on a desired frequency, say 1020 Hz. Although the delay could be tuned
so that all of the nulls fall on non-critical frequencies, future compatibility problems may exist.
Forcing the first null to fall outside the system bandwidth is desirable.

1.2.7 Overdrive

Analog systems without automatic level controls generally respond to overdrive conditions by
clipping the signal at or near the power supply limits. In digital systems, overdrive conditions
can result in severe distortion if not properly handled. It is desirable to have the digital system
handle an overdrive condition in the same way that an analog system does.

The design of a digital system's input stage should limit the maximum and minimum values of
the digital word used to represent the input. This ensures that the system response to an input
overdrive condition will be in the form of a predictable clipping at the system output. Input
stage overdrive can be identified by the fact that the output will appear clipped, but the clipped
output amplitude can be adjusted by using the audio systems volume control.

An output overdrive condition can result when multiple inputs are improperly combined within
the audio system. In digital audio systems, output stage overdrives normally occur in the
digital signal processor. The processor must be set up to handle an overdrive condition in the
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

same way that an analog system would. Operation of a digital signal processor in its overflow
or saturation mode means that any overflow in the accumulator results in its value being set at
its largest positive or negative value depending on the direction of the overflow. This prevents
errors due to wraparound and yields properly limited outputs.

1.2.8 Intermodulation Distortion

Intermodulation distortion is the result of a non-linear signal process which produces new
frequency components in a compound (more than one component) audio signal. These
components are not simple harmonic distortions at 2F0, 3F0, etc., are the sums and differences
between the fundamentals and harmonics of pairs of frequencies (2F1-F2, 3F2-2F1, 2F2+F1,
etc.).

1.2.9 Push-to-Talk (PTT) Absolute (Envelope) Delay

Delays within the Push-to-Talk circuit, especially with digital systems, can cause problems
with partial loss of audio that is transmitted to a radio, PA system or other system component.
If the system delays are excessive, such as can occur in a digital system, spoken syllables or
whole words of speech may be lost before the system is able to propagate the PTT signal from
the system input to the system output to activate the other system component transmission
channel.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
10

1.3 System Overview

The problem is one of improving the intelligibility of the communications audio entering the
listener’s ear and of reducing noise entering that ear. It is desirable to consider each of the
places in the audio path where something can be done. These are:

a. Control of microphone input and output signals.

b. Control of received audio signals.

c. Control of sidetone signals.

1.3.1 Control of Microphone Input and Output Signals

1.3.1.1 Speech Level Improvement Measures

a. Training and constant supervisory efforts directed to speaking properly into the
microphone at the proper distances must be stressed.

For example, when noise-canceling, gradient-type microphones are used, they must be
placed no further than 6 mm from the lips. These microphones are capable of a
substantial reduction in the amount of low frequency ambient cabin noise transmitted. If a
microphone of this type is moved more than approximately a half-inch (12.7 mm) from
the lips, it will no longer transmit intelligible speech.

When oxygen mask microphones are deployed, the operator must be cognizant of proper
methods for dealing with oxygen pressure that the operator will encounter while
communicating over the oxygen mask microphone that can increase the difficulty of
communicating.

b. Sidetone should be used. Its level should be evaluated for maximization of speech signal
input to the microphone. Conventionally, where handsets or headsets are used (even
ambient noise-reducing types, such as circumaural, or ear insert types), the sidetone SPL is
set 6 to 9 dB below the level of received audio.

This sidetone level is the result of tests conducted for telephone applications by both Bell
Telephone Labs and the British Post Office. It provides those services with a well
regulated signal level on telephone lines through the intelligent application of sound
psycho-acoustic principles. Users neither shout too loud, nor speak too softly into handsets
at this sidetone level. Their speech level is regulated at a level sufficiently above ambient
noise to optimize communications intelligibility.

Good engineering practice, however, mandates that both the air and the ground ends of the
communication link should be evaluated for the best sidetone level to be used with the
particular acoustic devices selected for the total system.

©2013 RTCA, Inc. --``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
11

Loudspeaker output should be reduced enough to prevent acoustical feedback (howling) but
not so much that the SPL at the speaker's ear is insufficient for sidetone regulation of
speech level. Use of anti-howl circuits should be considered where loudspeaker muting
would otherwise be too great for sidetone regulation of speech levels to occur.

In modern communication systems two types of sidetone exist, full system sidetone and
local sidetone.

Full system sidetone is sidetone that is delivered from the microphone, through the audio
system’s microphone transmission channel to the radio’s microphone input, returning from
the radio’s sidetone output back to the receive channel of the audio system and delivered by
the audio system to the operator headset. Full system sidetone carries with it, the
opportunity for the radio’s design to allow it to confirm proper operation of the radio’s RF
transmission channel before allowing the sidetone to be returned.

Local sidetone, also known as artificial sidetone, is created within the audio system. In the
case of the radio transmission channel, audio supplied to the audio system through the
microphone is returned within the audio system to the operator headset when the radio PTT
is active. Ideally, the audio system and radio interface would include a method that enables
the audio system to confirm that the radio’s RF transmission channel is functional before
allowing the local sidetone to be returned to the operator headset. However, in modern
communication systems this is not always the case as there is sometimes an alternate means
of insuring that the operator can determine whether the radio communication channel is
operational.

Local sidetone should be used when the use of full system sidetone would otherwise
produce an unacceptably long absolute delay period from the microphone to the operator
headset, such as might occur through a fully digital signal path between the audio system
and radio.

Sidetone is not limited to the radio communication channel. It is also produced by the
interphone circuit and PA system within the audio system. However, similar functional
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

and operational performance characteristics apply depending on the system architecture.


Absolute delays imposed by the system can affect speech intelligibility. Refer to the
discussion on absolute delays within the Absolute (Envelope) Delays section. Refer also to
FIGURE 1-1 and Paragraph 1.2.5 for the discussion of allocation of delay paths through
the audio system and equipment.

1.3.1.2 Noise Reduction Measures

a. Make proper use of noise-canceling or noise-discriminating microphones, particularly in


the air end of the link. Refer to Appendix C for further information on noise cancellation in
microphones.

b. Use acoustic shields near or on microphones to reduce ambient noise levels, especially if
noise-canceling microphones are unusable.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
12

c. Use electromagnetic shields and other EMI interference suppression techniques,


particularly in the air end of the link. Use separate twisted shielded pairs of wires for the
microphone and for received audio signals. Do not combine these leads with PTT or
headset return signal wires.

d. Use transducer elements such as electret, polymer film, or piezoceramic for microphones.
They are less affected by aircraft ac magnetic fields than magnetic-based transducer
elements.

1.3.1.3 Low Frequency De-emphasis

Whenever possible, provision should be made to use frequency shaping to decrease the
average modulation of speech signals at lower voice frequencies. This results in a higher
average modulation by speech consonants; thereby improving the intelligibility of the
transmitted signal. This also allows improvements in intelligibility for those links that could
otherwise degrade the speech signal through the introduction of their own high frequency
noise.

Care must be exercised that this shaping is not done in the microphone or its preamplifier such
that speech signal information is unintentionally degraded along with ambient acoustical noise.
Frequency shaping in the microphone will be an effective signal-to-noise enhancer only if
acoustical discrimination between speech and ambient noise can first be obtained. (Note that
both speech and normal ambient noise have a similar spectral envelope.)

1.3.1.4 Automatic Gain Control

As with Frequency Emphasis/De-emphasis, signal amplitude adjusting or Automatic Gain


Control (AGC) should not be done in the microphone or its preamplifier. AGC cannot be used
to enhance speech to acoustic ambient noise ratios and it should not be mistakenly applied
because it is thought to do so.

1.3.2 Microphones

1.3.2.1 Deleted

1.3.2.2 Shielding Considerations

Considerable problems have been experienced with the susceptibility of microphones to


adjacent magnetic and electrostatic fields such as those created by panel illumination wiring,
windshield anti-icers and aircraft utilizing a 400 Hz ac supply for the panel lights, especially
where switching type dimmers are employed.

Audio lines (especially single ended microphone lines) are particularly susceptible to induced
signals within the audio band (e.g., 400 Hz). Utilization of differential audio inputs and outputs
will reduce this susceptibility, and is recommended. An effective way to control induced signal
susceptibility is by routing audio lines away from high magnetic fields.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
13

1.3.3 Control of Received Audio Signals

1.3.3.1 Output Level Controls

Audio controls should be capable of reducing audio levels by a minimum of 48 dB. For those
applications where the audio level should not go to zero, a 30 dB reduction in output level is
acceptable. For those applications where the level must go to zero, a positive off switch should
be provided.

1.3.3.2 Headsets

Training and supervision in the use of headsets are essential to the improvement of the speech
level delivered to the ear as well as the exclusion of ambient noise at the
listener's location and in the microphone channel.

Headsets are available in three types of mechanical configurations: Ear-insert; supra-aural,


which rest on the ear; and circumaural, which surround the ear. Some headsets are specifically
designed to attenuate noise. All three types of headsets are available with boom microphones.
Many boom microphones are of the noise-canceling type.

In nearly every type of civil aircraft, noise-attenuating headsets generally provide 10 to 30 dB


of ambient noise reduction; performance varies not only with headset design but also with
individual fit, skill in use and the spectrum of the ambient noise. Some headsets make use of
electronic circuitry to provide Active Noise Reduction (ANR) at the ear. Manufacturers'
instructions must be followed explicitly to achieve the long-term benefits of the use of noise-
attenuating headsets; when chosen and used properly they are capable of providing an
acceptable acoustic environment to a crew member (as defined in Subparagraph 1.3.5.4). In
addition to attenuation, the headset should also be evaluated for loss of power and for
conditions when battery charge falls below a usable power level, to verify that the active noise-
cancelling headset reverts to an acceptable passive mode of operation.

It is recommended that headset manufacturers endeavor to design products with an accurate


diffuse-field equivalent audio response spanning 300 to 6000 Hz. This response is desirable
for improved speech intelligibility and the reduction of potentially fatiguing or damaging
peaks due to resonances. An accurate diffuse-field equivalent response is one that, when
measured on a fixture that emulates the physical structure and acoustics of the ear with a
microphone in place of the eardrum, approximates the diffuse-field diffraction of sound
around an average human head and ear (sometimes called an HRTF or head-related transfer
function). An ITU-T P.57 Type 3.3 Artificial Ear that consists of an IEC 60318-4 occluded-
ear simulator with an ear canal extension and simulated pinnae is such a fixture. P.57 Type 1,
2, 3.1, 3.2 or 3.4 Artificial Ears as well as Flat Plate, 2cc or 6cc couplers are not equivalent.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

For background information on this frequency response requirement and choice of the Type
3.3 ear over the other couplers refer to:

 Russotti et. al., “Proposed Technique for Earphone Calibration, J. Audio Eng. Soc., Vol 36,
No 9, September 1988.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
14

 “Improving Telephone Handset Performance”, 1997, Brüel & Kjær Application Note,
http://www.bksv.com/doc/bo0455.pdf.

 Lorho and Isherwood, “Acoustic Impedance Characteristics of Artificial Ears for


Telephonometric Use”, ITU-T Workshop September 2008, http://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-
t/oth/06/17/T061700000C0032PDFE.pdf.

 Woo, “Acoustic Measurement on Headsets”, 114th AES Workshop,


http://www.aes.org/technical/documentDownloads.cfm?docID=176.

The use of parallel-wired earphones, quality connectors and non-creep strain reliefs is strongly
recommended for headsets used in high-noise-level aircraft (e.g. rotary wing) where backup

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
headsets and loudspeakers are generally not available.

ANR headsets must be capable of reproducing sound matching the peak levels of the aircraft
noise in order to be able to cancel it. This can require substantial low-frequency output.
What noise frequencies most challenge a given headset model depends on many factors in its
acoustical and electronic design and so designing a test that universally applies to all headset
and aircraft combinations is difficult. When evaluating a new ANR headset for use in a
particular aircraft it is therefore recommended that attention be paid to unusual sounds the
headset might produce during especially loud regimes of aircraft operations, to determine if
they are potentially distracting.

1.3.3.3 Loudspeakers

The loudspeaker, as a component part of the transceiver or audio system, is a device normally
supplied by the aircraft manufacturer as a part of the airframe. The aircraft manufacturer
and/or the vendor have control of the loudspeaker design and its location relative to the flight
crew and passengers.

The aircraft manufacturer also has under his control those items which contribute to the noise
level of the cockpit environment. To achieve optimal intelligibility during all flight modes, it is
recommended that during the design phase, aircraft manufacturer’s place an adequate number
of loudspeakers to ensure that a signal- to-noise ratio of at least 15 dB can be maintained at
each pilot station, attendant station, passenger seat and lavatory.

In the case of parallel connected loudspeakers, the manufacturer should assure that, if used,
transformers have sufficient core cross-sectional area to ensure that the total load impedance, at
100 Hz and maximum system voltage, does not drop to a level that will demand excessive
system power due to core saturation.

Loudspeaker performance can also be affected by pressure differential on the speaker cone if a
speaker is sealed into an enclosure. The speaker enclosure should not be sealed and the design
should allow for equalization of pressure on the moving parts of the speaker.

When loudspeakers which are tested without enclosures are installed, precaution should be
taken to provide an installation method which minimizes changes to the acoustic output of the
loudspeaker as designed and tested per this document. If the loudspeaker is installed into an

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
15

enclosure, the enclosure should be of a volume appropriate for the loudspeaker to provide
similar output as during the tests in this document. If the loudspeaker is to be installed without
an enclosure, care should be taken to ensure there is isolation between the front and rear of the
loudspeaker of at least the minimum distance shown in the FIGURE 2-6 standard baffle
to provide similar output as during the tests in this document. Without an adequate baffle,
an acoustic short-circuit can occur at low frequencies where the sound pressures on the front
and rear of the loudspeaker cancel out resulting in minimal audio output.

1.3.4 Analysis of Problems and Possible Improvement Measures

The overall problems facing the avionics industry are improving the audio quality (i.e.,
intelligibility) and reducing excessive SPL at the listener's ear (refer to Subsection 1.8 for a
definition of SPL.) Unfortunately, the ambient noise level of an aircraft cannot be reduced
easily by using available noise reduction techniques, without sacrificing some aircraft
performance, payload capability, and increasing the end item cost. (Refer to Appendix A for
representative noise levels at the pilot's location.)

Since the basis of the problem (airframe generated noise) will remain at the current levels in the
foreseeable future, the solutions of the above problems must be accomplished by increasing the
effective speech signal-plus-noise-to-noise ratio [(S+N)/N]. Some of the techniques are:

a. Improvement and control of communicator practices.

b. Use of devices to reduce noise entering into, and being processed by, the communications
system (e.g., close-talking, noise-canceling and noise- discriminating microphones; light-
weight circumaural and ear insert receivers).

c. Use of active noise reduction technologies, such as ANR headsets.

d. Use of non-distorting compression circuitry to aid in improving speech signal levels in


radio transmission paths such as:

(1) Use of de-emphasis frequency shaping for balanced spectral distribution of transmitted
speech signals.

(2) Use of compander amplitude shaping for improved peak-to-RMS ratios of speech
signals where control and design of the full air-ground link equipment permits.

(3) Use of AGC circuits to maintain optimum transmitter modulation levels under all
speech and ambient signal level conditions without exceeding channel allocation
limits.

e. Reduction of typical system distortion to less than five percent.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

f. Use of extended frequency response elements, wherever practical, so that their cumulative
product effect on bandwidth does not impact total system intelligibility. As an example:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
16

The lower limit of just three rudimentary elements in a communication loop:

 input device (microphone)


 intermediate processor (amplifier)
 output device (headset)

each having a 300 Hz to 6000 Hz 3 dB band-pass point (20:1 band-pass ratio) will produce a
total system 3 dB band-pass of 600 Hz to 3000 Hz (5:1 band-pass ratio).

The net effect is a reduction by four in the speech signal bandwidth and its energy. Calculations
of AI will reveal a reduction in speech signal energy on four of the low frequency articulation
bands (there are 20 bands in all) and on four of the high frequency bands. The maximum AI
will be reduced to 0.6, giving a reduced system intelligibility capability.

In addition, recent developments in the area of narrowband speech signal processing hold
promise for the improvement in (S+N)/N performance. Use of electronically enhanced signals
within the present bandwidths should be investigated for potential aircraft application.

A key factor that tends to improve the understanding of normal air-ground messages is that the
normal vocabulary used in air-ground communication is generally limited. This factor was not
considered in the preceding analysis and suggestions for improvements. It is, however, relied
upon for adequate communication performance. FIGURE B-1 of Appendix B illustrates the
relationship between vocabulary size and speech intelligibility.

1.3.5 Long-Term Improvements

1.3.5.1 Ambient Noise - Aircraft

Increasing attention is being given to the reduction of interior noise. One means used to
accomplish this is the inclusion of noise limit specifications in aircraft purchase contracts.
Continued efforts to reduce ambient noise will ultimately result in improved speech
communications and are to be encouraged.

1.3.5.2 Ambient Noise -Ground Stations

Much has been accomplished by greater attention to reducing noise at sources (fans,
typewriters, loudspeakers, people, etc.) as well as by acoustical treatment. Continued
surveillance of electronic equipment noise output, manipulation of acoustic room design and
the use of directional microphones, or perhaps noise- canceling microphones, where speech
crosstalk is a problem, are recommended.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
17

1.3.5.3 Control of Communicator Practices

It seems evident that the overall interests of aviation in maintaining satisfactory air-ground
communications could be served by a broad program of controlling transmission performance
over a long period of time. Considering the problem generally, there are three elements:

a. The technical condition of communication facilities.

b. Environmental factors - noise.

c. Communicator practices.

Although progress has been made in reducing these problems during recent years, continuing
attention is needed in all these areas. For example, communicator practices sometimes receive
limited attention, perhaps because some individuals do not appreciate its great importance in
the man-equipment interface. It is urged that aviation organizations stress improved
communicator practices in all pertinent phases of their training programs.

1.3.5.4 Hearing Damage Risk and Headset Attenuation

Repeated, prolonged exposure to moderate sound levels and even brief exposure to very high
levels can cause permanent hearing damage. A dose model is used to establish limits for sound
exposure, with the most widely recommended exposure limit being 85 dBA time-weighted
average for eight hours per day, five days per week. When ambient noise levels approach this
limit use of noise-attenuating headsets is recommended. In adjusting this limit for different
exposure durations a 3 dB time/level “exchange rate” is used; i.e. the exposure time is cut in
half for every 3 dB increase in sound level. This exchange rate also applies when integrating
sound exposure over time to determine the net time-weighted average level, combining both
cockpit ambient noise adjusted for the attenuation of the headset as well as communications via
radio/interphone as reproduced by the headset. Thus, the time-weighted average level is
equivalent to the average sound energy over the exposure duration, also commonly denoted as
the LAeq. Though other regulatory limits exist, the 85 dBA / 8 hour / 3 dB exchange rate
criterion is the recommendation of the:

 National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health [Criteria for a Recommended


Standard, Occupational Noise Exposure, June 1998, DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 98-
126, chapter 1.1, http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/docs/98-126/pdfs/98-126.pdf],

 Department of Defense [DODI 6055.12 Hearing Conservation Program, December 2010,


enclosure 3, sections 4f (1) & 7e,

 http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/605512p.pdf],

 American Academy of Audiology [Position Statement: Preventing Noise-Induced


Occupational Hearing Loss, October 2003,
http://www.audiology.org/resources/documentlibrary/documents/niohlprevention.pdf].

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
18

Even at the 85 dBA limit, some increased risk of hearing loss results over decades of exposure;
this excess risk falls to near zero at 80 dBA / 8 hours (NIOSH 98-126, chapter 3.1.1). Given
the criticality of communication and thus hearing for aviation safety, time-weighted average
sound exposures should ideally be limited to 80 dBA if possible.

The protected noise level (the level at the ear under a noise-attenuating headset) depends on the
ambient noise level and spectrum as well as the attenuation response (attenuation as a function
of frequency) of the headset. None of these factors can be known with certainty due to
variation in headset fit, as influenced primarily by crew member care in donning the headset, as
well as by the use of eyewear that may affect the seal of the headset around the operator’s ears,
and variation in aircraft operation and condition. A standard (ANSI/ASA S12.68, “Methods of
Estimating Effective A-Weighted Sound Pressure Levels When Hearing Protectors are Worn”)
defines three “rating” methods for estimating upper and lower bounds on the protected noise
level based on varying amounts of information about the ambient noise. The most precise is
the octave band method, which requires knowledge of the time-weighted average octave band
spectra in the cockpit. The next method denoted NRSG; only requires knowledge of the C-
weighted and A-weighted average levels in the cockpit (as such, it is similar to the ISO 4869-2
HML method). The C–A difference, called the spectral balance, characterizes the approximate
proportion of low to high-frequency energy in the noise spectrum. The NRSG rating is
comprised of four upper/lower bound pairs at four standard values of C–A; the average C–A in
the cockpit is then used to determine, either graphically or through algebraic interpolation,
bounds on the attenuation to subtract from the A-weighted level in the cockpit to estimate the
protected level. The final method in the standard is the NRSA, which assumes that the ambient
noise is typical of industrial environments. Since the average C–A in industrial noise is 2 dB
whereas in aircraft it is commonly in the range from 3 to 15 dB, use of the NRSA is not
recommended. The NRSG is recommended because of its combination of ease of use, more
easily obtainable noise data required, and because the extra precision afforded by the octave
band method is not warranted given the uncertainty in the underlying attenuation and aircraft
noise data.

ANSI/ASA S12.68 is accompanied by a spreadsheet that can compute these ratings from
headset attenuation data and apply them given ambient noise data. The required attenuation
data is measured on a group of human subjects in a laboratory setting.

Passive headsets are measured using the Real-Ear Attenuation at Threshold (REAT) method as
defined in ANSI/ASA S12.6 superseding the obsolete method ANSI S3.19 still referenced by
the US Environmental Protection Agency’s NRR rule. ANR headsets are measured using a
combination of S12.6 REAT for the passive attenuation and the Microphone in Real-Ear
(MIRE) method for the active component of the attenuation on the same group of subjects, as
defined in ANSI/ASA S12.42. The NRR-mandated ANSI S3.19 REAT method cannot be
accurately applied to ANR devices. Subject training and experience in fitting hearing
protectors can strongly affect attenuation, particularly with ear-insert devices. S12.6 and
S12.42 define both trained-subject and inexperienced-subject methods; S3.19 only includes an
experimenter-supervised fit method which it has been shown produces results higher than are
obtained in the actual field use. The NIOSH 98-126 report (chapter 6) recommends derating
S3.19-based attenuation ratings by 25% in the case of circumaural devices and 50% for
formable tip ear-insert devices. The figure below shows examples of the NRSG for three
common noise-attenuating headsets, one passive and two ANR models.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
19

FIGURE 1-2 EXAMPLES OF THE NRSG FOR THREE


COMMON NOISE-ATTENUATING HEADSETS
Knowledge of a cockpit’s A- and C-weighted noise levels and a headset’s NRSG allows the
system designer to estimate the range of protected noise levels under the headset. This estimate
does not include the amount to which communications raises the sound dose. Two studies, one
of commercial pilots and the other of military crews, both found that the sound exposures at the
ears of aircrew are on average 9 dB higher than the protected level (the level absent
communication).

 Bagshaw, “Hearing Loss on the Flight Deck – Origin and Remedy”,


http://aeromedical.org/Articles/NIHL.html.

 James, “Defining the Cockpit Noise Hazard, Aircrew Hearing Damage Risk and the
Benefits Active Noise Reduction Headsets Can Provide”, Table 3-1, NATO RTO-EN-
HFM-111, http://www.cso.nato.int/pubs/rdp.asp?RDP=RTO-EN-HFM-111.

Very high level, short duration sound exposures can potentially cause hearing damage. It is left
to each manufacturer to consider possible ways in which to limit the peak acoustic output of
handsets, headsets, and insert earphones. Several qualified documents discuss this issue. For
example, the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Standard For Telephone Equipment, UL 1459, --``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Second Edition (June 4, 1990), states in part (Paragraph 57.1), "... the maximum acoustic
pressure emanated from a receiver earpiece of a telephone or similar device shall not exceed
125 dBA (reference: 20 µPa) for supra-aural (on-ear) handsets, 121 dBA for insert types (in-
ear) earphones, or 118 dBA for supra-aural headsets."

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
20

1.4 System Characteristics - General

1.4.1 Automatic Gain Control and Compression

Automatic Gain Control (AGC) regulates the peak of the audio envelope to a level at or below
the level required to produce 100 percent modulation of a radio channel or the maximum
CODEC input level. AGC is an electronic volume control.

In contrast, compressors alter the dynamic range of the speech signal to reduce the peak-to-
RMS ratio that, in effect, increases the average modulation level for the same audio envelope
peak level. It acts on the speech envelope in a non-linear manner between input and output.
Examples are the p-law and A-law companders used in some speech transmission channels.

AGC functions to control the range of average signal levels from the microphone before
modulation of the radio transmitter. The objective is the same as performed manually in radio
broadcasting. It is desirable to accomplish this without objectionable distortion, loss of
syllables, or creation of noise bursts.

Accomplishing this objective depends on the communication practices of the people using
the radio facilities and the ambient noise conditions. It will be helpful to review these
matters briefly before discussing AGC characteristics.

With good communicator practices, the average speech signal levels are maintained within a
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

range of about 10 dB at ground stations. In airborne stations, however, cockpit ambient levels
may vary as much as 30 to 40 dB throughout a typical flight profile causing speech signal
levels to vary accordingly. Depending upon the amount of hearing protection used and the
noise-canceling effectiveness of the microphone employed by the communicator, variations of
15 dB in average speech of a communicator population sample may be encountered. Also,
individual microphone positioning on different transmissions may cause variations in speech
levels of 15 dB. The brevity of air-ground communications, of course, tends to limit speech
level variations to approximately 5 dB during each transmission.

It is known that high ambient noise levels occur at many ground stations. Though these occur
with greater frequency during periods of heavy communication traffic, there are usually some
sources of noise, such as loud talkers, loudspeakers and external noise from planes, which
may occur at any time.

For airborne stations, it is expected that there are normally very few instances where
short-duration noise level variations occur, as the steady engine, transmission and propeller
or rotor noise are predominant (exceptions to this would be an active loudspeaker on
another communications channel or transient operation of aircraft sub-systems).

AGC circuits, no matter how well designed, cannot overcome the improper use of
microphones in the presence of ambient noise. The only purpose of AGC is to regulate the
long-term signal level variations applied to CODEC or radio transmitter inputs. Improved
consistency of signal level average magnitudes to the radio enables the air-ground link to
provide the best signal-to-noise ratio without over-modulation.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
21

Poor practices include careless microphone placement, mumbling or excessively soft speech,
talking while eating or chewing, tapping pencils or typing while talking, using non-standard
vocabulary or expletives. These poor practices can cause excessive peaks, or inadequate
modulation. Even with good communicator practices, variations in the normal acoustic
environment cause communicators to modify their average speech level.

Experience with airborne intercommunication systems indicates that when the push-to-talk
button is initially depressed, the amplifier gain should be at, or near, maximum; that is, at the
value predetermined by test as suitable for the minimum speech input level at the station

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(normally about 5 dB below average). The attack time for reductions in this gain should be
about 0.01 second, or less, for the full range, as a nonlinear function; the greater time being
consumed in the lower gain range (in order to avoid overshooting). The recovery time (gain
rise) time should be much slower to avoid noise surges. A rate of 2 or 3 dB/sec is
appropriate. When ambient noise pickup is very high, faster recovery times (4 to 14
dB/sec) may be desirable.

Most receivers utilize AGC circuits to output a relatively constant signal level. The use of
an AGC in the audio systems utilizing these receiver outputs adds a second stage of
regulation. This (inherently) adds distortion to the audio signal. It is recommended that these
audio systems not use AGC for received audio signal level control.

For new airborne communications equipment designs, consideration should be given to the
use of analog or digital processing techniques that discriminate between speech and noise or
a VOX-type circuit. These systems can reduce the amount of noise reaching the listener's ear
by suppressing the noise signal during periods of no speech, while immediately activating the
audio channel when speech is present. Other systems can improve the signal-to-noise ratio
in real time (within the absolute envelope delay) through DSP methods. Problems to be
resolved in such a circuit would be the differentiation of speech from noise in high-noise
environments and circuit reaction time to eliminate word/syllable loss. The latter system
would permit suppression of short duration, high level transient noises, while providing
average based signal leveling.

1.4.2 Sidetone Level Control

Having established that the AGC circuits belong in only the air-ground link of the
communication system, the mechanism for regulating average speech input levels to the
microphone needs discussion. The discussion of sidetone in Subparagraph 1.3.1.1(b). covers
some constructive details of what should have been done in properly designed existing systems.

This section amplifies what can be done in addition to those details of establishing the best
sidetone level for each communicator. "Best," as used here, means that amount of sidetone
which will produce the greatest speech-to-ambient noise signal ratio at the microphone output.

Objective and detailed studies have been performed by the telephone industry as to the effect of
sidetone on vocal level and on speech signal level.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
22

It often surprises some to find that:

"vocal levels change hardly more than 1 dB as the sidetone losses increase," while "the speech
voltage from the handset microphone, however, changes by more than 3 dB. Clearly the
subjects are moving the mouthpiece from their lips when the sidetone loss is less than 7 dB."

This is also the desired action (moving the microphone towards the lips when sidetone loss is
greater than 7 dB) when ambient acoustic noise increases in the cockpit area.

Measurement series have been taken in both quiet and noisy rooms which show "the speech
level output from a handset microphone is affected by room-level noise" while "the
relationship between speech-level output and sidetone loss is unaffected by the level of
sidetone loss, at least over the range of 40 to 60 dBA." (These latter levels are at one meter
from the source.)

Telephone measurements are made with monaural handsets. The free ear of the talker is
exposed to the full level of the ambient noise.

However, in cockpit environments, this may not always be the condition, and the talker may
not respond to greater noise by talking louder. This is especially true if the talker's ears are
enclosed in an acoustic environment significantly different from the environment their lips are
in, such as when noise-reducing or canceling headsets are used (ANR or plain). In either case,
the talker does not change the preferred relationship for sidetone level: below 7 dB, move the
microphone closer to the lips; above, move it away from them.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Clearly, this provides a tool to improve communicator microphone usage. Provide a sidetone
level circuit that increases sidetone loss from 7 dB to something greater as ambient noise
increases. This Adaptive Sidetone Level (ASL) provides a means for ensuring a constantly
good speech-to-ambient noise ratio or an improving speech-to-ambient noise ratio as
background noise increases. A 20 dB control range can be provided with 50 percent of users,
a 10 dB range with 90 percent of the communication users.

The ASL tool described above increases the present degree of microphone swinging to and
from the lips seen in everyday use of the telephone. The attendant hand cupping of the
microphone in noisy locations is not available to air-communicators, so their response to
lowered sidetone is a heightened increase in vocal level to compensate. A proper design
would ensure sufficient vocal magnitude without the undue stress of attempting to talk too
loud for too long a period of time.

1.4.3 Transmission Bandwidth

The selection of the audio processing bandwidth is based on statistical evaluations of the
average adult male talker. The full speech bandwidth extends from some- thing below
100 Hz to over 8000 Hz. The octave with the greatest speech energy for male voices is
from 300-600 Hz and for female voices from 550-1110 Hz, the energy level being about 30
percent in each case. The majority of intelligence is above these bands, usually between

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
23

1000 and 5000 Hz, thus indicating the need for a rising frequency response. In general, the
lower frequencies contain voiced sound (e.g. vowels) information, while the higher
frequencies (above 1000 Hz) provide consonant recognition.
Reduction of the audio processing bandwidth from 6000 Hz to 3000 Hz, in the presence of
noise, can reduce speech intelligibility. Thus it is most advantageous to maintain the
maximum possible bandwidth for intra-aircraft communications systems. For RF voice
links, the audio bandwidth and depth of modulation is restricted and/or defined by
international agreements, through ITU and ICAO, to enable the maximum use of the
allocated frequency channels for air-ground communication.

To comply with these requirements the audio frequency response curves used in RF voice
links are generally limited to a pass band of 300 to 2500 Hz, to be flat within 6 dB.

Any 4 kHz offset-carrier network (Climax) would require, at the receiving side, a sharp
cutoff in response below 300 Hz and of at least 20 dB above 3750 Hz, to provide
satisfactory attenuation of heterodynes.

If the receiving equipment has a much broader audio response characteristic than the voice
frequency band transmitted, unwanted sounds in the unused voice spectrum may seriously
impair reception. Because of this, it is suggested that frequencies outside of the nominal
transmitted bandwidth be attenuated in the radio receiver, in the output circuit or in the
reproducing equipment, whichever is most practicable.

In all instances, the total system bandwidth - from the communicator's lips to each
listener's ear - must be carefully evaluated by the system design team. Individual
components of the system may each meet their minimum system frequency response
requirements, and yet the total system product of these bandwidths can produce poor
intelligibility performance.

Selective matching of component responses should be done to produce a system- level


frequency response which is then used to evaluate the AI. The standard 20 bands between
200 and 6100 Hz each contribute equally to the determination of the system AI
performance. Cutting into this bandwidth, either with a single audio component or the
cumulative effect of each will degrade AI.

1.4.4 Reduction of Distortion

Distortion products introduced by nonlinear characteristics frequently degrade transmission.


The common causes of this are probably overloading due to excessive speech input levels,
faulty adjustment of gains or equipment malfunctions.

The use of AGC circuits should tend to limit the adverse effects of excessively high speech
input levels. However, it is essential that gains be properly adjusted in all amplifiers, taking
into account the maximum level to be expected with that adjustment.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
24

There seems to be some preference for "ruggedized" loudspeakers in control towers. These
units may sacrifice uniformity of response and freedom from non-linearity for the sake of
mechanical ruggedness.

Six-inch loudspeakers of good acoustic characteristics are available commercially. Use of


these, properly housed, driven by an amplifier with high damping would apparently improve
many existing installations. A low-frequency roll-off would be well matched to this type of
loudspeaker.

The drifts and changes in characteristics of carbon microphones, because of age and use,
contribute to distortion in the communication link and it is recommended that their use be
discontinued.

Distortion products of current microphones are exceedingly low. Nearly all aircraft
microphones are electronic equivalents of carbon microphones using dynamic, electret,
piezoceramic or polymer film transducers. These microphones are, for the most part, noise-
canceling or highly directional and have wide-band low distortion speech output when
properly used. There is a possibility of distortion caused by improper matching of
microphones and transmitters. Only a carefully coordinated interface standard will eliminate
this troublesome area.

It is recommended that aviation organizations continually evaluate communication practices,


inspection and maintenance procedures, and the handling of communication trouble reports.

1.4.5 Cockpit Voice Recorder HOT Microphone

The hot-microphone ensures that, in addition to the recording of the radio transmissions to and
from the aircraft, all sounds received by the crew's microphones are recorded continuously
irrespective of the position of the audio selector switches and without interruption. The
volume control has no effect on the level of recording of the hot-microphone. The Hot
Microphone feature is implemented by summing each crew member's microphone signal with
the headset signal before being reproduced to the CVR input.

Each CVR should be installed so as to provide with reference to a timescale, simultaneous


recordings of:

a. voice communications transmitted from or received in the cockpit by radio,

b. the aural environment of the cockpit,

c. the audio signals received from each boom and oxygen mask microphone in use, without
interruption.

Some microphones, such as oxygen mask microphones, may include in their design a means
of attenuating ambient noise at the microphone signal source in order to remove unwanted
noise from entering the audio system. This feature is not inconsistent with 14 CFR 121.359(g)
and 25.1457(c)(5) governing the implementation of the CVR hot-microphone feature requiring
uninterrupted recording of the crew member communication from the microphones. Such an

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
25

attenuation feature is comparable to ambient noise cancelling microphones that have been
employed in aviation headsets for many years to provide a higher quality recording of crew
communications.

NOTE: Designers are recommended to refer to ED112 Subparagraph I-6.1.1 “Interface


Design" in order to confirm the requirements for the audio system CVR interface.

1.4.6 Audibility of Aural Alerts and Noise Attenuating Headsets

Noise attenuating headsets can affect a crewmembers ability to detect and discern aircraft
aural alerts and other important cockpit sounds. Audio presented over the headset may also
mask sounds in the cockpit as well as aural alerts not presented over the headset. On the other
hand, use of noise attenuating headsets reduce noise, allowing crewmembers to clearly hear
communication while being able to listen to it at levels that do not risk damaging their hearing
and potentially impairing their ability to hear clearly later in their flying career. These two
goals bound the range of attenuation appropriate for any particular aircraft type.

Different aircraft types have different acoustic cockpit environments, as well as differences in
the elements of the cockpit audio system components used. As an example, it is common for
many fixed wing aircraft to include cockpit speakers mounted near the pilot’s seating
locations. The cockpit speakers present aural alerts as well as other audio that may be selected
by the pilot that must be heard above the acoustic background noise. Additionally, it is
important for the pilot to retain awareness of sounds that may be present in the cockpit (i.e.,
hear them through the attenuation of the headset), since these sounds may contain important
information about the condition of the aircraft. In contrast, most rotary wing aircraft have
cockpit ambient noise levels that are so high that a cockpit speaker would be ineffective at
producing intelligible audio, so cockpit speakers are not used. In such an environment, noise
attenuating headsets are essential to protect the pilot’s hearing from the harsh acoustic
environment, to reduce fatigue, and to increase the pilot’s ability to discern acoustic sounds
presented to the pilot through the headset in the most intelligible way possible, including aural
alerts. However, even in such high-noise environments it is valuable to have the pilot remain
aware of sounds resulting from aircraft operation.

System operator’s should take steps to ensure that use of a particular noise attenuating headset
model is chosen appropriately for the cockpit noise environment and does not result in adverse
effects on a pilot’s perception of important aural cues when required. Furthermore, when crew
members change to using a new headset model, time should be allowed for them to adapt to
sounds in the cockpit being different than in their prior experience. Aural cues to consider in
these assessments include:

• Aural alerts;
• Abnormal mechanical noises or abnormal engine sounds;
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

• Verbal communications between flight crewmembers, other than those attainable


through interphone operations;
• Aural aircraft condition, configuration and airspeed cues; or
• Other sounds internal or external to the aircraft.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
26

Equipment manufacturers are recommended to include this information within their operator’s
manual for their equipment in order to better inform users of the equipment. See also
Paragraph 4.2.3.

Standards exist for assessing the audibility of an alert sound in the presence of interfering
noise (Refer to ISO 7731, “Ergonomics – Danger Signals for Public and Work Areas –
Auditory Danger Signals”). To ensure audibility, ISO 7731 sets a lower limit on the level of
the alert sound after factoring in headset attenuation (not less than 65 dBA) as well as on the
alert signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). The more precise methods for assessing the SNR compare
the spectrum of the alert sound to the effective masked threshold calculated from the net
spectrum combining all interfering signals; at least 10 dB is required when using octave-band
data or at least 13 dB when using third-octave-band data. The effective masked threshold is
the noise spectrum adjusted for masking spread effects in human hearing (for example, strong
noise tones can mask quieter sounds at higher frequencies). If only A-weighted levels are
available, ISO 7731 mandates that the level of the alert be 15 dBA higher than the level of the
masking noise.

As the majority of noise attenuating headsets (both passive and ANR) have attenuation
responses as a function of frequency that are independent of the level and spectrum of the
sound. As such, the attenuation of the alert spectrum and interfering noise spectrum will be
the same in each spectral band and the SNR is not affected. Thus, to first-order, if the alert
sound is audible in cockpit noise when no headset is being worn, then it will also be audible
under the headset, so long as the protected level of the sound (the level under the headset) is
not less than 65 dBA. If the headset is designed to have a noise-dependent attenuation
response (example: to adaptively track and cancel tones in the noise) then care should be taken
to ensure that such adaptation does not unacceptably impair audibility of alerts; refer to the
related requirement in Paragraph 2.3.13(a). To do a more thorough analysis of the SNR of
alert sounds requires estimating the spectrum at the wearer’s ear of the alert sound as well as

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the aircraft noise and any potentially masking signal from the audio system, since
communication from the interphone can mask sounds originating from outside the headset.
Such an analysis as well as experiments usually shows that use of attenuation often slightly
improves the audibility of alerts.

Balancing this, to protect the flight crews hearing over the duration of a flying career, the level
of cockpit noise under the headset (the protected level) should ideally be not more than 72
dBA. This is based on the criterion of 80 dBA per 40-hour week safe exposure for negligible
risk of hearing loss, adjusted to 81 dBA per 30-hour week using a 3-dB exchange rate. 9 dB is
then subtracted to remove the contribution to sound exposure from communications played
over the headset; refer to Subparagraph 1.3.5.4.

In summary, to balance audibility of alerts and cockpit sounds with hearing protection, the
ideal headset for any aircraft type should reduce the long-term average level of cockpit noise
to between 65 and 72 dBA, as assessed using the NRSG.

Where not precluded by other considerations, aural alerts should be routed through the audio
system for presentation over headsets, not just cockpit speakers. This can ensure that radio or
interphone communication that may occur coincident in time with the alert does not mask the
alert sound.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
27

1.4.7 Oxygen Mask Microphones

Oxygen mask microphones are comprised of a microphone and pressure control apparatus
typically contained in a rubber and/or silicone and plastic housing designed to conform and
seal against the operator’s face. The flow of breathable gas is controlled, in general, by the
operator’s inhalation and exhalation.

The performance of the oxygen mask microphone is affected by the volume of space within
the oxygen mask housing, oxygen flow through the mask housing passes by the microphone,
and oxygen pressure affecting the ability of the operator to generate speech.

The characteristic performance of the microphone itself also affects the overall performance of
the mask and microphone combination. The microphone performance characteristics must be
carefully chosen to insure that the combined performance yields acceptable frequency
response, distortion, and Characteristic Sensitivity of Speech (CSS).

Due to the fact that the microphone is contained within the oxygen mask housing, it is
important that the performance of the microphone be tested and characterized within the mask
environment. This is done by using a Head And Torso Simulator (HATS) that can be used to
test microphone performance. Frequency Response, Distortion and CSS must be tested with
the oxygen mask mounted onto the HATS mannequin while the microphone is installed inside
the mask housing.

CSS is the equivalent of a sensitivity characterized over a frequency range of interest, taking
into account the output levels of the microphone over the frequency band [250 to 2000] Hz.
The CSS of a mask microphone is not directly comparable to the sensitivity of a boom or
handheld microphone, as the CSS includes not only the mask microphone sensitivity and
frequency response, but also how a mask placed over the mouth of the HATS raises the
pressure output by the built-in artificial voice. Refer also to Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(c).

Measurements of the sensitivity from a range of oxygen masks and oxygen mask microphones
were taken by represented manufacturers. The aim of the testing was to characterize the
average performance of the oxygen mask and microphone combination to determine the range
of acceptable parameters for the combination of the two. Following bench characterization
testing, the range of masks and microphones were tested with cooperation of Airbus on board
an Airbus A320 aircraft to confirm acceptable communication performance by qualified pilots
under subjective test conditions. From the testing performed, a frequency response curve and
a sensitivity response (CSS) value was developed has been included within this standard.

It was noted during the testing that the frequency response was predictable within the range of
250 Hz to 2000 Hz. Above 2000 Hz, frequency response becomes unpredictable and highly
variable due to effects of the oxygen mask cavity (e.g. density of materials used in the mask
construction, shape and volume of the mask cavity) on reflection and acoustic standing wave
phenomena. As a result of these findings, the derived frequency response requirements for the
oxygen mask microphone are limited to the 250 Hz to 2000 Hz range.

It was also noted that there is the possibility that a microphone with high sensitivity in the
frequency range above 2000 Hz could cause acoustic feedback phenomena to be more likely

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
28

with the audio system when the cockpit speaker is located close to the mask, especially while
the operator is in the process of donning the mask. To reduce or eliminate this, it is acceptable
for audio system manufacturers to limit the bandwidth of the oxygen mask microphone
communications channel to 3000 Hz. This insures that the minimum upper bandwidth limit
required for communications to the cockpit voice recorder, radios and interphone
communications channels are maintained while the oxygen mask is in use.

Oxygen Mask requirements are also traceable to TSO-C78a, TSO-C89a, TSO-C99a, SAE
AS8026, SAE AS8027 and SAE AS8031A.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.5 Audio Systems Interface Goals

1.5.1 General Notes

The performance of the "Audio System" is the direct result of the design and adjustment
of both equipment and installation with respect to levels and impedances. Since most systems
consist of a combination of installed equipment such as radio equipment, amplifiers and
selector panels, along with replaceable components like headsets and microphones, it is
essential that the electrical interface between these components conforms to a standard. Also,
the inter-wiring between these components plays an important role in system performance and
would be of great help to the installation designer if he had only to consider standard levels and
impedance interfaces. FIGURE 1-3 depicts typical audio system interfaces. The following
characteristics are recommended.

a. Short Circuit Protection


Application of a long-term short circuit (30 minutes minimum) across any input/output
interface (even at high-operating temperature) should not result in permanent damage to the
unit being tested. Any circuit under test should be able to endure an output short circuit and
should operate normally after removal of the short circuit.

b. Audio Frequency Range Limits


In order to maintain maximum interchangeability, the audio channel bandwidth should be
maintained as flat as possible over the 300 to 6000 Hz frequency range. Amplitude response
should roll off uniformly at the band edges, with the half power points located at or below 300
Hz and at or above 6000 Hz. Response should roll off uniformly above and below the half
power points. Amplitude response ripple in the pass band should be kept to a minimum.
Rated power is specified at the center of the passband, and is allowed to decrease to half power
at the band edges.

NOTE: When an audio channel is defined specifically for radio and oxygen mask audio, the
channel frequency range can be redefined to be 300 to 3000 Hz instead of 300 to
6000 Hz. Reducing an audio channel frequency range below 6000 Hz will result in a
subsequent loss in intelligibility.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
29

c. Output Impedance
Output impedance should be designed to be as low as possible with the unit operating. This
will minimize noise and crosstalk, potentially allow elimination of shields on audio output
lines, maintain an essentially constant output voltage regardless of any typical loading and
eliminate the need for loading resistors. The output impedance as seen by external wire
coupling shall not increase during quiescent operation (absence of output signal). With the unit
power removed it is important to retain a reasonable impedance to ground to avoid crosstalk
effects when an output is tied to multiple inputs. The optimum impedance is one that matches
the characteristic impedance of the signal cable.

d. Data Operation
If the audio channel handles data type signals the frequency range may need to be extended
(e.g., 6600 Hz for Automatic Call and Reporting System [ACARS]) and additional tests will
be required (e.g., group delay). Data tests are not covered in this document.

Transceiver(s)
Speaker(s)

Receiver(s)

Headphone(s)
Transmitter(s)
Flight Deck
AUDIO Microphone(s)
SYSTEM
including: CVR
ASP(s)
ACP(s)/AMU(s)
Amplifier(s) Microphone(s)
Interphone
Amplifier(s)
Headphone(s)

Audio System may or may not Handset(s)


include interphone amplifier

PA Speaker(s)
Amplifier

: Mic Level Signal to


standard Mic input
circuit

FIGURE 1-3 AUDIO SYSTEM INTERFACES

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
30

1.5.2 Microphone Input Circuits

For future designs, the microphone circuit input characteristics described in this section are
recommended for communication transmitters, audio systems interphone and public address
amplifiers. Commercial Impedance headsets are the most common type used in commercial
aviation on which this standard is focused. Low and Medium impedance headsets of U.S.
military and European military types are also found in some types of commercial aircraft, such
as helicopters. This section also includes Low and Medium Impedance Microphone input
circuit characteristics to insure that performance of the audio system interfaces is established
for these types of microphones that are in use.

a. Commercial Impedance MIC Input Dynamic Range


20 mV to 1.5 V RMS (2.1 V peak), 400mV RMS nominal

b. Commercial Impedance MIC Input Impedance


150 Ω ± 20 percent

+
Integral Amplifier 470 ohm 8-16 VDC
1/2 W 5% Excitation Voltage
(regulated power supply)

+
MIC
25 uF/25VDC To audio frequency
220 ohm voltmeter, level recorder
1/2 W 5% and distortion analyzer

FIGURE 1-4 COMMERCIAL IMPEDANCE MICROPHONE INPUT

NOTE 1: Type 2 handsets require 150 Ω bias and 150 Ω input impedance.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NOTE 2: The circuit shown is one but not the only possible implementation.

c. Commercial Impedance MIC DC Excitation Ripple


Shall be less than 1 mV RMS in the 300 - 6000 Hz band.

For purposes of testing, excitation of 8 to 16 V dc in series with a 470 Ω +/- 5% current


limiting resistance or equivalent shall be used. The test is run with a 150 Ω ac load.

NOTE: Interphone amplifiers with more than one microphone input should meet these
characteristics for each microphone input with a deviation from the nominal values of
not more than 20 percent.

d. Low Impedance Dynamic MIC Input Dynamic Range


20 uV to 200 uV RMS, 100uV RMS nominal

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
31

e. Low Impedance Dynamic MIC Input Impedance


Z = 5 Ω ± 20 percent

f. High Impedance Dynamic MIC Input Dynamic Range


200 uV to 2 mV RMS, 850 uV RMS nominal

g. High Impedance Dynamic MIC Input Impedance


Z = 75 Ω ± 20 percent

FILTER
MIC Z

FIGURE 1-5 LOW/MEDIUM IMPEDANCE DYNAMIC MIC INPUT

NOTE: The circuit shown is one but not the only possible implementation.

1.5.3 Microphone Emulation Output

For future designs, the following microphone circuit output characteristics are recommended
for communication transmitters, interphone and public address amplifiers:

a. Dynamic Range

20 mV to 1.5 V RMS (2.1 V peak), 400mV nominal

b. Output Impedance

Capable of driving 150 Ω ± 20 percent load within specifications.

1.5.4 PA, Receiver, and lnterphone Outputs to Audio System


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a. Rated Output Impedance

20 Ω or less across the frequency range.


250 Ω without unit powered

NOTE: This value results in an output variation of less than 0.4 dB for loads varying from
0.75 to 4.0 times the rated load impedance.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
32

b. Rated Load Impedance

600 Ω across the frequency range.

c. Output Power Capability

40 mW RMS into 600 Ω.

d. Equipment Interface Power (as shipped)

10 mW RMS into 600 Ω nominal.

NOTE: Interface power specifications vary from one manufacturer and radio or other audio
system component type to the next. Variations may be over the range of 10mW to
100mW into 600 Ω. If the interface power in this standard differs from the nominal
value as defined in the manufacturer’s equipment specification, the remaining
performance requirements of this standard should be applied to the specified value.

e. Polarity

Positive going modulation shall produce positive going voltage at the receiver output
terminals, and if applicable, the sidetone output terminals.

1.5.5 lnterphone, Headset and Handset Amplifier Outputs from Audio System

Commercial Impedance Headsets are the most common type used in commercial aviation on
which this standard is focused. Commercial impedance headsets may have impedances of 150
Ω, 300 Ω (medium impedance) or 600 Ω (high impedance) or impedance value between 150
Ω and 600 Ω for high sensitivity type headsets. Low impedance headsets of U.S. military type
are also found in some commercial aircraft, such as helicopters. This section also includes
Low, Medium and High Impedance Headset Output circuit characteristics to insure that
performance of the audio system interfaces is established for these types of headsets that are in
use.

NOTE: This commercial headset interface definition is intended to characterize system


performance for outputs that interface to standard commercially available headsets
and handsets. Specifications in this standard may not be applicable for intersystem
interfaces that connect one audio system component to another if so defined by the
manufacturer’s equipment specification. If the manufacturer’s equipment
specification for the output impedance and/or output levels differs from the nominal
value as defined in this standard, the performance requirements of this standard
should be applied to the manufacturer’s specified value.

a. Rated Output Impedance


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

20 Ω nominal or less across the frequency range.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
33

NOTE: This value results in an output voltage variation of less than 3 dB for loads varying
from 0.75 to 4.0 times the rated load impedance.

NOTE: For driving low impedance headsets, the headset outputs should have impedance
below 20 Ω.

b. Rated Load Impedance

(1) Commercial Impedance Headset Output

50 Ω ± 20% nominal across the frequency range. (typical of multiple 150 Ω


headsets connected in parallel)

(2) Low Impedance Headset Output

8 Ω ± 20% nominal across the frequency range.

(3) High Impedance Headset Output

600 Ω ± 20% nominal across the frequency range.

(4) Medium Impedance Headset Output

300 Ω ± 20% nominal across the frequency range.

c. Output Power Capability

(1) For driving Commercial Impedance headsets:

At least 260 mW RMS into 50 Ω

(2) For driving High impedance headsets:

At least 40 mW RMS into 600 Ω.

(3) For driving Medium impedance headsets:

At least 80 mW RMS into 300 Ω.

(4) For driving Low impedance headsets:

At least 1W RMS into 8 Ω

d. Equipment Interface Power:


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

10 mW RMS into 600 Ω.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
34

1.5.6 Audio Selector Panel and Audio Control Panel/Audio Management Unit Input

The Audio Selector Panel (ASP) and the Audio Control Panel / Audio Management Unit
(ACP/AMU) should be designed to accept audio signals as described in Paragraphs 1.5.2 and
1.5.3, as applicable. (The Class I a and b ACP/AMU usually contains a selector switch bank
and isolation amplifier remote from each other.) Each pair of ASP and ACP/AMU input
terminals should present a load of not less than 150 Ω for a single or multiple ASP and
ACP/AMU installation.

1.5.7 CVR Output from Audio System

a. Output Impedance

600 Ω or less across the frequency range.

NOTE: If the interface differs from the nominal value as defined in the manufacturer’s
equipment specification, the remaining performance requirements of this standard
should be applied to the specified value. It is noted that some newer applications
require 5000 Ω output impedance instead of 600 Ω.

b. Rated Load Impedance

5000 Ω across the frequency range.

c. Output Voltage Capability

3 VRMS maximum

1.5.8 Crosstalk of Audio System

Paragraph 2.4.7 of this document specifies the limits for four types of crosstalk. Values should
be adopted in excess of these so that inter-wiring coupling for an installed system does not
degrade the ASP and ACP/AMU crosstalk levels at any passband frequency.

1.5.9 Speaker Output from Audio System

Speaker output capability shall be defined by the manufacturer and shall meet the performance
requirements specified in Subsection 2.4.

1.6 Assumptions

The recommendations in this document have been generalized wherever the variety of
conditions or the limitations of the available information justify such an approach. This applies
particularly to technical details of design proposals, since more precise recommendations
would be a misleading indication that there is a uniform solution best for all cases or that the
available information supports more definite figures.

©2013 RTCA, Inc. --``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
35

It should be stressed that good communicator practices are essential as the first step in the
program and, unless realized, there will be little or no utility in the use of AGC circuits.

For organizations which are confronted with a wide variety of conditions, such as at various
ground stations, it might be advantageous to measure present performance by service
evaluations (and other tests such as volume levels) at several stations, then introduce
improvements in one or more steps, followed by further evaluations. This should indicate what
improvements can be secured under differing conditions and provide a basis for further
applications as well as for subsequent checks of performance. The latter is probably the only
practicable means of continuously measuring, and thereby controlling, the quality of air-
ground communications.

1.7 Software and Complex Electronic Hardware Considerations

Software is becoming an integral part of aircraft audio systems. It is used to perform control
and audio processing functions. RTCA/DO-178x, Software Considerations in Airborne
Systems, identifies objectives and describes acceptance techniques and methods for the
development and management of software for airborne digital systems and equipment.

Complex Programmable Hardware is also becoming an integral part of aircraft audio systems.
It is used to perform control and audio processing functions. RTCA/DO-254x, Design
Assurance Guidance For Airborne Electronic Hardware, identifies objectives and describes
acceptance techniques and methods for the development and management of complex
programmable hardware for airborne digital systems and equipment.

If audio warning signals are controlled by software and/or complex programmable hardware
or processed within the audio system, the software may be reclassified to a critical level.

This section refers to DO-178x and DO-254x where the relevant versions at the time of this
writing are DO-178C and DO-254 (no revision). The latest version of DO-178x and
DO-254x, or as previously agreed with the administrator should be used.

1.8 Test Procedures

The test procedures and associated limits specified within this document are intended to be
used as one means of demonstrating compliance with the performance requirements. Although
specific test procedures are cited, it is recognized that other methods may be preferred. These
alternate procedures may be used if they provide at least equivalent information. In such
cases, the procedures cited herein should be used as one criterion in evaluating the
acceptability of the alternate procedures.

The test procedures within this document are designed to test systems with analog inputs and
analog outputs. For systems with digital audio interfaces, analog-to- digital and/or digital-to-
analog conversions will be required. Such interfaces should match the performance
characteristics of the end system.

The order of tests specified suggests that the equipment be subjected to a succession of tests as
it moves from design, and design qualification, into operational use. For example, compliance
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
36

with the requirements of Section 2.0 shall have been demonstrated as a precondition to
satisfactory completion of the installed system tests of Section 3.0

Four types of test procedures are specified. These include:

a. Environmental Tests

Environmental test requirements are specified in Subsection 2.5. The procedures and their
associated limit requirements are intended to provide a laboratory means of determining
the electrical and mechanical performance of the equipment under environmental
conditions expected to be encountered in actual operations. Unless otherwise specified,
the environmental conditions and test procedures contained in RTCA/DO-160x, where
DO-160x refers to the latest version of DO-160 Environmental Conditions and Test
Procedures for Airborne Equipment, or as previously agreed with the administrator, will
be used to demonstrate equipment compliance. Within each subsection of section 2.5 of
this document, the relevant DO-160x subsection titles are from DO-160G. In the event
that future revisions of DO-160 result with the referenced subsections being renamed, the
closest equivalent subsection and test category should be used for compliance with
Subsection 2.5 of this document.

b. Bench Tests

Bench test procedures are specified in Subsections 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8. These tests provide a
laboratory means of demonstrating compliance with the requirements in Subsections 2.2,
2.3 and 2.4. Test results may be used by equipment manufacturers as design guidance, for
monitoring manufacturing compliance and, in certain cases, for obtaining formal approval
of equipment design.

c. Installed Equipment Tests

The installed equipment test procedures and their associated limits are specified in Section
3.0. Although bench and environmental test procedures are not included in the installed
equipment tests, their successful completion is a precondition to completion of the
installed tests. In certain instances, however, installed equipment tests may be used in lieu
of bench test simulation of such factors as power supply characteristics, interference from
or to other equipment installed on the aircraft, etc. Installed tests are normally performed
under two conditions:

(1) With the aircraft on the ground and using simulated or operational system inputs.

(2) With the aircraft in flight using operational system inputs appropriate to the
equipment under test.

Test results may be used to demonstrate functional performance in the intended


operational environment.

d. Operational Tests

The operational tests are specified in Section 4.0. These test procedures and their
associated limits are intended to be conducted by operating personnel as one means of

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
37

ensuring that the equipment is functioning properly and can be reliably used for its
intended function(s).

1.9 Definitions of Terms

Absolute Delay -The time it takes a signal to pass from one point in a network to a second
point in a network. Absolute delay (as defined here) is the time the output signal takes to
reach 50 percent of its final amplitude after the input signal reaches 50 percent of its final
amplitude.

AGC -Automatic Gain Control

ACP - Audio Control Panel

Anechoic Room (Free-field Room) - A room whose boundaries absorb effectively all the
sound incident thereon, thereby affording essentially free-field conditions.

ANR -Active noise reduction is a state of the art approach that uses electronic processing to
reduce undesired acoustic noise.

AMU -Audio Management Unit

AI (AI) -Methods have been developed for computing a physical measure that is highly
correlated with the intelligibility of speech as evaluated by speech perception tests
administered to a given group of talkers and listeners. This measure is called the Articulation
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Index, or AI. The AI is a weighted fraction representing, for a given speech channel or noise
condition, the effective proportion of the normal speech signal that is available to a listener for
conveying speech intelligibility. AI is computed from acoustical measurements or estimates
of the speech spectrum of any noise which may be present along with the speech at the ear of
the listener.

ASP -Audio Selector Panel

Audible Noise – Noise within the range of maximum human hearing - 20 Hz to 20 kHz.

Audio Frequency Range Limits -300 to 6000 Hz

NOTE: When an audio channel is defined specifically for radio received audio the channel
frequency range can be redefined to be 300 to 3000 Hz instead of 300 to 6000 Hz.
Reducing an audio channel frequency range below 6000 Hz will result in a
subsequent loss in intelligibility. Therefore, unless the audio to be processed is
already band limited below 6000 Hz, it is not recommended to do so.

Baffle - A shielding structure or partition used to increase the effective length of the external
transmission path between two points in an acoustic system as, for example, between the front
and back of an electroacoustic transducer.

Class Ia - Those installations containing multiple ASP or single/multiple ACP/AMU


combinations, with one or more microphone outputs that feed unkeyed equipment. Other
microphone outputs may feed keyed equipment. (Unkeyed equipment is "on" at all times

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
38

allowing undesired audio to be passed. Keyed equipment is "on" only when desired audio
signals are to be passed.)

Class Ib - Those installations containing multiple ASP or single/multiple


ACP/AMU combinations, where microphone outputs feed only keyed equipment.

Class II - Those installations where only a single headset amplifier is required.

Clipping - A form of distortion that occurs when the waveform does not achieve its peak
instantaneous voltage.

CODEC - A device for the conversion of analog signals to and from the digital domain.
Generally, CODECs perform non-linear conversions.

Compression - Reduction of signal dynamic range by use of a curvilinear transfer function


(i.e., ) u-law, A-law, logarithmic, etc.). Output peak:-to-RMS signal ratio is independent of
applied signal ratio.

Continuous Power - This is the manufacturer's declared power that the amplifier/system can
deliver continuously, as a measure of RMS power with a steady-state sinusoidal signal applied
to the input, at high operating temperatures.

Characteristic Sensitivity of Speech (CSS) - CSS is a loudness rating that takes into account the
output levels of the microphone along the frequency band [250 to 2000] Hz.

CVR HOT Microphone – An audio signal path through the audio equipment from the crew
member microphone input that is summed with the headset (and speaker in some instances)
signal before being output to Cockpit Voice Recorder. The hot-microphone ensures that, in
addition to the recording of the radio transmissions to and from the aircraft, all sounds
received by the crew's microphones are recorded continuously irrespective of the position of
the audio selector switches. The volume control has no effect on the level of recording of the
hot-microphone.

Declaration of Design and Performance - Declaration of Design and Performance (DDP) is the
central document containing the definition and all relevant references of the equipment. Its
informational content could be compared to the one of a Type Certificate Data Sheet for
products.

Differential Delay -The time delay difference between two circuit paths having an identical
input signal.

Dissimilar Circuits - Circuits with different circuitry configuration or circuits with identical
circuitry but designed to provide different power output levels.

DSP - Digital Signal Processing

DUT- Device Under Test

Dynamic Range -
Dynamic Range = 10 log high output power @ THD + N = 10 percent

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
39

low output power @ THD + N = 10 percent

Earphone -An electroacoustic transducer or driver unit mounted in a capsule or earcup that is
intended to provide close acoustic coupling between the assembly and the ear. The transducer
and capsule may be fabricated as separate units or as a single composite entity, and the
coupling may be facilitated by a resilient cushion which may or may not be an integral part of
the assembly.

Earphone Circumaural -An earphone that presses against the head with little or no contact with
the surface of the pinna; the driver unit is loosely coupled to the ear by a relatively large
volume of air under the earcup.

Earphone Coupler - A device which acoustically couples an earphone to a microphone for the
purpose of measuring the earphone response; often the earphone coupler is designed so that its
physical configuration results in acoustic impedances that approximate those of the average
human ear over a specified frequency range.

Earphone Driver Unit - An electroacoustic transducer that receives energy from an electric
system and supplies energy to an acoustic system.

Earphone Insert - A small earphone that is coupled to the ear canal proper by a tube, ear mold,
or other device.

Earphone Supra-Aural -An earphone that presses against the pinna so that the electroacoustic
transducer or driver unit is close to the pinna.

Envelope Delay -The time that the envelope of a modulated signal takes to pass from one point
in a network to a second point in the network. Envelope delay is often defined the same as
group delay, that is, as the rate of change, with angular frequency, of the phase shift between
two points in a network (From IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronic Terms).

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
EUT -Equipment Under Test.

Factory-Set - Controls that are set by the manufacturer and are not available to, or intended to
be changed by a user.

Filter - A device for separating components of a signal on the basis of their frequency. It
allows components in one or more frequency bands to pass relatively unattenuated, and it
attenuates components in other frequency bands.

Flight-Accessible - Controls that may be adjusted only by a flight crew member in normal
operation of an aircraft.

Frequency - (In Hertz) - The time rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon. The frequency
is the reciprocal of the period.

Handset - A hand-held operator device containing acoustic transducers (microphone and


earpiece) which is connected to the audio system by means of a flexible cable and plug. It
may also contain switches (PTT and/or Circuit Selectors) and audible or visual signaling
devices.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
40

Headset - A head-mounted operator device containing acoustic transducers (microphone and


one or two earpieces) connected to the audio system by means of a flexible cable and plug.

Limiting - Reduction of signal dynamic range by use of a bounded rectilinear transfer function
(i.e., peak clipping, etc.). Output peak-to-RMS signal ratio is dependent upon applied signal
level outside of the boundary.

Loudspeaker (Speaker) - An electroacoustic transducer intended to radiate acoustic power into


the air, the acoustic waveform being essentially equivalent to that of the electrical input.

Microphone - An electroacoustic transducer that responds to sound waves and delivers


essentially equivalent electric waves.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Monotonic - A feature of a control circuit where the incremental output always follows the
desired incremental setting for both increasing and decreasing amplitude over the entire
dynamic range.

Nominal - A set of information organized by category or name.

NRSG - A method for graphically estimating upper and lower bounds on the hearing protection
(A-weighted noise reduction) of a headset based on the difference between the C- and A-
weighted sound pressure levels for the environment in which the headset is used. The C–A
difference is often called the spectral balance.

Octave

(1) The interval between two sounds having a basic frequency ratio of two.

(2) The pitch interval between two tones such that one tone may be regarded as
duplicating the basic musical import of the other tone at the nearest possible higher
pitch.

NOTE 1: The interval, in octaves, between any two frequencies is the logarithm to the
base 2 (or 3.322 times the logarithm to the base 10) of the frequency ratio.

NOTE 2: The frequency ratio corresponding to an octave pitch interval is approximately,


but not always exactly, 2:1.

Overdrive - Application of signal drive levels to a device which exceeds its linear peak or
peak-to-peak signal processing capabilities.

Pink Noise - Defined in IEC 60065, Pink Noise is “a noise signal whose energy per unit
bandwidth (∆W/∆f) is inversely proportional to frequency.” In other words, the amplitude of
the frequencies constituting pink noise declines at rate equal to 6 dB per octave.

As part of the General Test Conditions for audio, IEC60065 Paragraph 4.1.6 states “Where
relevant, a standard signal consisting of PINK NOISE, band-limited by a filter whose response
conforms to that given in Figure C.1 in annex C.” IEC60065 Figure C.1 from annex C is
shown below.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
41
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FIGURE 1-6 Band-limiting Filter (per IEC60065, Annex C)

Preferred Speech Interference Level (PSIL) - Average, in dB, of the sound- pressure levels of
a noise in the three octave bands of center frequency 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz. The speech
interference level, or SIL, without qualifying "PREFERRED" is usually the arithmetic average
of the sound-pressure levels in the older series of the three octave bands: 600 to 1200, 1200 to
2400, and 2400 to 4800 Hz.

Push-to-Talk Absolute (Envelope) Delay -The time it takes for a PTT signal to pass from one
point in a network to the second point in a network.

Quiet Room - A test environment of less than NC - 40.

Rapid Speech Transmission Index (RASTI) - RASTI is a subset of STI that produces a
subjective intelligibility scale based on measured noise and reverberation of the transmission
media. (Refer to Appendix B)

Rated Input Power - This is the manufacturer's declared nominal input level required to drive a
channel to rated output power.

Rated Output Power - This is the manufacturer's declared maximum RMS output power where
peaks are not clipped with a sinusoidal signal applied to the input.

Response - Response of a device or system is the motion (or other output) resulting from an
excitation (stimulus) under specified conditions.

NOTE 1: Modifying phrases must be prefixed to the term response to indicate kinds of input
and output that are being utilized.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
42

NOTE 2: The response characteristic often presented graphically gives the response as a
function of some independent variable such as frequency or direction. For such
purposes it is customary to assume that other characteristics of the input (for
example voltage) are held constant.

Sidetone - Sidetone is the signal that is returned by the audio system to the operator headset
after being supplied to the system from the operator microphone. Sidetone, as originally used
in telephony, is intended to enable the operator to determine the level of voice modulation to
apply to the microphone. In modern practice, the presence of sidetone is also often used as a
means to enable the operator to determine whether the audio path of the system is functional.

Sound Pressure Level (SPL) - In decibels (dB), the SPL (SPL) is 20 times the logarithm to the
base 10 of the ratio of the pressure of this sound to the reference pressure. The reference
pressure is 20 µPa, and shall be explicitly stated along with the SPL, such as:

dB, re: 20 uPa or dB above 20 µPa.

NOTE 1: The reference pressure stated above is in SI (International) units. Many


specifications use the older cgs units where the reference pressure is 0.0002
dyne/cm2. This is the same as 20µPa. This equivalency can be demonstrated as
follows: The Pascal (Pa) is defined as equal to one Newton per square meter
and one Newton equals 105 dynes. Therefore:

1 Pa = 1 N/cm2 = 10 dynes
cm2

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
20 uPa = 20 x 10-6 x 10 dynes = 2 x 10-6 dynes = 0.0002 dynes
cm2 cm2 cm2

NOTE 2: The SPLs commonly used in microphone measurements are:

74 dB = 1 µbar = 1 dyne/cm2 = 0.1 Pa.


94 dB = 10 µbar = 10 dyne/cm2 = 1.0 Pa.
2
114 dB = 100 µbar = 100 dynes/cm = 10 Pa.

Speech Interference Level – Refer to PSIL.

Speech Transmission Index (STI) - STI is a method of quantifying the intelligibility of speech
with respect to the transmission media and is based on differences produced by the media to
the temporal speech envelope between speaker and listener. (Refer to Appendix B)

Speech Transmission Index for Public Address Systems (STIPA) - STIPA is a subset of STI
that produces a subjective intelligibility scale based on measured noise and reverberation of
the transmission media. (Refer to Appendix B)

Spurious/Parasitic Signals - Signals present in an output signal that are unexpected. Harmonic
and intermodulation distortion signals are expected. Signals resulting from unexpected driven
and un-driven oscillations, spectrum folding products, dither processing products, aliasing

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
43

products, noise responses above the normal noise floor, and circuit leakage (clocks/sampling
frequencies) are not.

Test Frequencies -When testing digital systems it is important to insure the ratio of the sample
frequency to the test frequency is not an integer (e.g. ratio= 64). In addition, the frequencies
cannot share a common factor (e.g. ratio = 42.3333..; common integer factor = 3 X 42.333 ...
= 127). This randomizes the quantization error so that it appears as white noise. For these
reasons any test frequency specified in this document may be moved + two percent.

THD + N - Total Harmonic Distortion plus Noise.

User-Accessible - Controls that may be adjusted by anyone in the field in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
45

2.0 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND TEST PROCEDURES

2.1 General Requirements

2.1.1 Airworthiness

The design and manufacture of equipment shall provide for installation so as not to impair the
airworthiness of the aircraft.

2.1.2 Intended Function

The equipment shall perform its intended function(s), as defined by the manufacturer, and its
proper use shall not create a hazard to other users of the National Airspace System.

2.1.3 Federal Communications Commission Rules1

All equipment shall comply with the applicable rules of the Federal Communications
Commission.

2.1.4 Fire Protection

All materials used shall be self-extinguishing except for small parts (such as knobs, fasteners,
seals, grommets and small electrical parts) that would not contri-bute significantly to the
propagation of a fire.

NOTE: One means of showing compliance is contained in Federal Aviation Regulations


(FAR), Part 25, Appendix F.

2.1.5 Operation of Controls

The design of the equipment shall be such that the controls intended for use during flight
cannot be operated in any position, combination or sequence, which would result in a
condition detrimental to the reliability of the equipment or operation of the aircraft.

2.1.6 Accessibility of Controls

Controls which are not normally adjusted during flight shall not be readily accessible to flight
personnel.

1
It is not intended that this requirement relating to FCC rules be interpreted as a precondition for
obtaining other applicable approvals such as an FAA TSO authorization.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
46

2.1.7 Effects of Test

The equipment shall be designed so that the application of specified test procedures shall not
be detrimental to equipment performance following the application of these tests, except as
specifically allowed.

2.1.8 Applicability of Tests to Equipment

When a piece of equipment contains different devices, such as a microphone and earphone(s),
then all applicable paragraphs shall apply.

2.1.9 Test Equipment

The test equipment listed below will provide the quality, accuracy and stability necessary to
determine the required performance. Although specific manufacturer’s models are cited,
other equipment may be used if the equipment manufacturer can show that they provide at
least equivalent performance. Therefore, the equipment cited herein should be used as one
criterion in evaluating the acceptability of the alternate equipment.

Artificial Voice

Sine Generator, 0.25 percent THD

Acoustic Measuring Amplifier

Condenser Microphone, ANSI Type L or M (as appropriate)

Acoustic Microphone Calibrator

NOTE: The above items comprise an example of a complete artificial voice system, which
simulates the sound field from a human mouth, covering the frequency range and
SPLs normally produced by the human voice.

Graphic Level Recorder, 40 dB dynamic Range

Anechoic Chamber or optionally a Quiet Room with a gated signal system or digital time-
domain analyzer

Sound Level Meter, ANSI Type 0 or Type 1

AC Voltmeter

Regulated Power Supply

DC Voltmeter/Multimeter, True RMS

Pink Noise Generator

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
47

ITU-T P.57 Type 3.3 Artificial Ear with canal extension and left/right
pinna simulators with power supply

Sensitivity test noise signal recording as defined in Subparagraph 2.7.2.1(a)

Octave and Third-Octave Filter Sets per ANSI S1.11

Oscilloscope, Digital Storage

Oscilloscope, (generic) Analog

In some situations, a compact disc player and prerecorded CD test material can be used to
supply high quality, repeatable test signals.

2.2 Performance Requirements -Aircraft Microphones (Except for Carbon)

The test procedures applicable to a determination of the performance of aircraft microphones


under standard test conditions are set forth in Subsection 2.6.

NOTE: This section does not, and is not intended to include performance requirements for
low and medium impedance microphones. Only commercial impedance microphone
requirements are contained in this standard.

2.2.1 Frequency Response

2.2.1.1 Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask)

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(b), the microphone
shall have a frequency response which falls within the limits shown in FIGURE 2-1.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
48

+3
0

-10
Relative dB

-14

2500 Hz

3500 Hz
-20

-40
10 2 2 3 4 5 6 10 3 2 3 4 5 6 10 4

Frequency in Hertz

Data for constructing a frequency response


mask for overlaying microphone response curves

FIGURE 2-1 MICROPHONE FREQUENCY RESPONSE LIMITS


(Except Oxygen Mask)

2.2.1.2 Deleted

2.2.1.3 Oxygen Mask Microphones

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(c), the microphone
shall have a frequency response which falls within the limits shown in FIGURE 2-2.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
49

Frequency Response
Limits
Frequency Low High
(Hz) (dB) (dB)
250 -22 2
400 -12 12
630 -9 15
800 -10.5 13.5
1000 -12 12
1400 -13.5 10.5
1600 -15 9
2000 -22 2

FIGURE 2-2 FREQUENCY LIMITS FOR OXYGEN MASK MICROPHONES

2.2.2 Distortion

2.2.2.1 Microphones (Except Handset Microphones and Oxygen Mask Microphones)

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.3, the total harmonic
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

distortion contributed by the microphone shall not exceed five percent over the frequency
range of 350 to 6000 Hz at a sound pressure input of 114 dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa).
Increasing the sound pressure input by 6 dB must yield an output increase of at least 5 dB.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
50

2.2.2.2 Deleted

2.2.2.3 Handset Microphone

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.3, the total harmonic
distortion contributed by the microphone shall not exceed five percent over the frequency
range of 350 to 6000 Hz at a sound pressure input of 114 dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa).
Increasing the sound pressure input by 6 dB must yield an output increase of at least 3.5 dB.

2.2.2.4 Oxygen Mask Microphones

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.3 and FIGURE 2-2,
the total harmonic distortion contributed by the microphone shall not exceed five percent over
the frequency range of 350 to 2000 Hz at a sound pressure input of 114 dB SPL (reference: 20
µPa). Increasing the sound pressure input by 6 dB must yield an output increase of at least 5
dB.

2.2.3 Sensitivity

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.2.3.1 Microphones (Except Handset Microphones and Oxygen Mask Microphones)

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(a), the Commercial
Impedance microphones shall have an output of 400 mV RMS + 3 dB for 114 dB SPL
(reference: 20 µPa) at 1000 Hz.

NOTE: This section does not, and is not intended to include performance requirements for
low and medium impedance microphones. Performance requirements are only
provided for commercial impedance microphones within this standard even though
audio system interfaces for low and medium impedance microphones are defined.

2.2.3.2 Handset Microphones

Handset microphones are available in two types,

(1) Type 1 handset microphones operating from a traditional lower bias current (470 Ω
+/- 5%)

(2) Type 2 handset microphones operating from a higher bias current (150 Ω +/- 5%
bias).

Type 1 handset microphones; when tested in accordance with the test procedure in
Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(a), the microphone shall have an output of 400 mV RMS  3 dB / 150 
for 114 dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa) at 1000 Hz. Bias voltage is 8 to 16V supplied by 470 Ω
+/- 5%.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
51

Type 2 handset microphones; when tested in accordance with the test procedure in
Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(a), the microphone shall have an output of 400 mV RMS  3 dB / 150 
for 114 dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa) at 1000 Hz. Bias voltage is 8 to 16V supplied by 150 Ω
+/- 5%.

2.2.3.3 Oxygen Mask Microphones

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.6.2.1(c), the microphone
shall have a CSS within the range [20 mV to 60 mV] / 150 Ω after adjusting the mouth output
to 94 dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa) prior to placement of the mask over the mouth.

2.2.4 Noise Level

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.5, the noise level of the microphone shall
be less than 1 mV RMS.

2.2.5 Deleted

2.2.6 Deleted

2.2.7 Insulation Resistance

The resistance between any exposed conducting material of the microphone (non- electrical
circuit) and the electrical circuit shall be at least 10 MΩ when measured with an applied
voltage of at least 500 V AC 50 or 60 Hz.

2.2.8 Microphone Cord

For purposes of these tests, "evidence of damage" includes:

a. Cracked or broken outer jacket.

b. Cracked or broken conductor insulation.

c. Frayed conductors.

d. Loss of continuity.

e. Short circuits.

f. Slipped strain reliefs causing stress directly on conductors.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
52

2.2.8.1 Cord Flexibility

There shall be no evidence of damage to the cord when it is bent from a straight condition into
a coil of at least three turns around a mandrel whose diameter is twice that of the cord.

2.2.8.2 Cord/Connector Flexibility

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.7, there shall be no evidence of damage to
the cord and/or connector assembly during or following 25,000 flexural cycles of the
cord/connector assembly.

2.2.8.3 Cord/Connector Pull-Out

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.8, there shall be no evidence of damage to
the cord/connector assembly. This requirement is not applicable to oxygen masks.

NOTE: The earpiece-cord fastening for the headset will be subject to less amount of steady
pull as the headset is not fixed at the head and the headset is not connected to a fixed
mounted panel. The earpiece – cable interface should be designed to be robust
enough to withstand the strains of repeated use. However, due to the reduced strains
and weight of the earpiece, therefore the maximum pulling load of 1.0 kg shall not be
applicable for the earpiece – cable interface.

2.2.9 Push-to-Talk Switch

Push to talk switches can be supplied in two types.

(1) Type 1 push-to-talk switches carry high current with a minimum switch life of
100,000 cycles.

(2) Type 2 push-to-talk switches carry lower current and have a minimum switch life of
1,000,000 cycles.

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.9, the push-to-talk switch, while switching
28 V dc, 1 Amp for Type 1 push-to-talk switches and 25 mA for Type 2 push-to-talk switches
into a resistive load:

a. Shall have no more than 50 milli-ohm contact resistance.

b. Shall not have any stuck contact in which the normally open circuit remains closed even
though the actuator has been released (refer to RTCA/DO-207).

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
53

2.2.10 Microphone Drop Resistance

When the microphone is dropped twelve (12) times from a height of one meter onto a concrete
floor, there shall be no operational or structural failures or defects. For the oxygen mask the
microphone inside the oxygen mask shall be dropped three (3) times from a height of one meter
onto a concrete floor, there shall be no operational or structural failures or defects.

2.2.11 Headset/Handset Isolation

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.10, at no frequency shall the output of the

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
microphone circuit exceed 2.0 millivolts.

2.2.12 Absolute Delay

When tested in accordance with the test procedures of Subparagraph 2.6.2.10.1 the measured
delay shall meet the requirements of Subparagraph 2.4.13.1.

2.2.13 Listening Test

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.6.2.12, the
communications shall be loud, clear and intelligible in the judgment of the test observers.

2.3 Performance Requirements Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers2

Loudspeakers are available in two types,

(1) Type 1 loudspeakers have a performance characteristic minimum sensitivity of 90 dB


SPL (reference: 20 µPa) when measured at 1 meter at an input power level of 1 W
(RMS) at 1000 Hz.

(2) Type 2 loudspeakers have a performance characteristic sensitivity of less than 90 dB


SPL (reference: 20 µPa) when measured at 1 meter at an input power level of 1 W
(RMS) at 1000 Hz.

Type 2 loudspeakers shall be permanently marked with the manufacturer’s rated sensitivity and
shall include the performance characteristics in the manufacturer’s specification.

NOTE 1: Type 2 loudspeakers may tradeoff sensitivity performance for reduced physical size,
increased power handling or differing frequency response performance.

2
Including integral components (i.e. transformer, etc.)

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
54

NOTE 2: Speakers that include an integral amplifier or other active integral circuitry may
require a combination of tests from within or outside of this standard to fully
characterize the performance of the combined unit.

Test procedures applicable to a determination of the performance of aircraft headsets and


speakers under standard test conditions are set forth in Subsection 2.7.

2.3.1 Frequency Response

2.3.1.1 Headsets and Handsets

When tested in accordance with the procedures of Subparagraph 2.7.2.1(b) the diffuse-field
equivalent response of the headset over the frequency range of 315 to 3150 Hz shall have a
total span (maximum-minus-minimum) of less than 15 dB.

2.3.1.2 Loudspeakers

When tested in accordance with the test procedure of Subparagraph 2.7.2.2(b), at an input
power level of one watt, the frequency response of the loudspeaker shall fit within a 20 dB
envelope over the frequency range of 350-6000 Hz.

2.3.2 Distortion

2.3.2.1 Headsets and Handsets

When tested in accordance with the procedures Subparagraph 2.7.2.1(c), the total harmonic
distortion shall not exceed 10 percent when tested at 110 dB SPL output at 400 and 1000 Hz
and at 102 dB SPL at 3000 Hz (SPL are diffuse-field equivalent reference: 20 µPa).

2.3.2.2 Loudspeakers

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.7.2.2(c), the total
harmonic distortion generated by the loudspeaker shall not exceed 10 percent at frequencies
from 350 to 6000 Hz.

2.3.3 Sensitivity

2.3.3.1 Headsets

When tested in accordance with the procedures of Subparagraph 2.7.2.1(a) using a broadband
input adjusted to 1 Vrms, each earphone shall produce a sound pressure level (diffuse-field
equivalent reference: 20 µPa) that lies within one of the following ranges corresponding to
different classes of headset sensitivity:

 150Ω nominal: 98 ± 5 dBA (Commercial Impedance)

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
55

 300Ω nominal: 95 ± 5 dBA (Medium Impedance)


 600Ω nominal: 92 ± 5 dBA (High Impedance)
 High sensitivity: 110 ± 5 dBA (Impedance between 150Ω and 600Ω)

NOTE 1: The impedance values above are specified for mono headsets and stereo
headsets. For stereo headsets the impedance values are for each channel.

NOTE 2: This standard does not, and is not intended to include performance
requirements for low impedance headsets.

A volume control as part of the headset may be used to meet this requirement; however, it shall

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
not be possible to reduce the level below 80 dBA SPL at minimum volume setting for 150Ω or
600Ω class headsets or 90 dBA for high sensitivity class headsets. At maximum volume, the
absolute difference in sensitivity between left and right earphones of the headset and between
each earphone of an ANR headset in active and passive modes shall be less than 4 dBA.

The manufacturer’s published specification shall indicate the sensitivity class. The
manufacturer shall make the sensitivity rating in dBA for 1 Vrms input available to anyone
upon request.

2.3.3.2 Loudspeakers

When tested in accordance with the test procedure of Subparagraph 2.7.2.2(a), Type 1
loudspeakers shall have a minimum input sensitivity at 1000 Hz of 90 dB SPL (reference:
20 µPa) with an input power level of one Watt.

When tested in accordance with the test procedure of Subparagraph 2.7.2.2(a), Type 2
loudspeakers shall have a sensitivity at 1000 Hz of l e s s t h a n 90 dB SPL (reference: 20
µPa) with an input power level of one Watt.

2.3.4 Impedance

2.3.4.1 Headsets and Handsets3

Using the resistor substitution method, the equipment impedance at 1000 Hz shall be within
+/- 20 percent of the manufacturer's rated impedance, which shall be between the limits of 150
and 600 Ω.

3
Some general aviation avionics equipment may require the use of headsets with 600 Ω
impedance only. Use of lower impedance headsets could result in damage to such equipment.
Therefore, headsets which have an earphone circuit impedance other than 600 Ω ±20% shall
include in their installation instructions a caution stating the following: "Damage could occur to
avionics equipment by the use of these headsets if the equipment was manufactured for use with
600 Ω headsets only-if in doubt, consult the avionics equipment manufacturer."

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
56

2.3.4.2 Loudspeakers

Using the resistor substitution method, the impedance at 1000 Hz shall be within
± 20 percent of the manufacturer's rated impedance.

2.3.5 Overload

2.3.5.1 Headsets and Handsets

The equipment shall be operated for a period of eight hours at a frequency of 1000 Hz with an
input power level of 300 mW (RMS). At the end of the eight-hour period, the requirements of
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Subparagraph 2.3.3.1 shall be met.

2.3.5.2 Loudspeakers

The loudspeaker shall be operated for a period of eight hours at a frequency of 1000 Hz with
an input power level equal to the power handling rating of the loud speaker. At the end of the
eight-hour period, the requirements of Subparagraph 2.3.3.2 shall be met.

2.3.6 Power Handling Rating (Loudspeakers)

The loudspeaker shall be labeled with the power handling rating which meets the requirements
of Subparagraph 2.3.2.2.

2.3.7 Insulation Resistance

The resistance between any exposed conducting material of the headset, handset or speaker
(non-electrical circuit) and the electrical circuit, shall be at least 10 MΩ when measured with
an applied voltage of at least 500 V AC, 50-60 Hz.

2.3.8 Headset and Handset Cord

2.3.8.1 Evidence of Damage

For purpose of this test, "evidence of damage" includes:

a. Cracked or broken outer jacket;

b. Cracked or broken conductor insulation;

c. Frayed conductors;

d. Loss of continuity;

e. Short circuits;

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
57

f. Slipped strain reliefs causing stress directly on conductors.

2.3.8.2 Cord Flexibility

There shall be no evidence of damage to the cord when it is bent from a straight condition into
a coil of at least three turns around a mandrel whose diameter is twice that of the cord.

2.3.8.3 Cord/Connector Flexibility

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.7, there shall be no evidence of damage to
the cord and/or connector assembly during or following 25,000 flexural cycles of the
cord/connector assembly.

2.3.8.4 Cord/Connector Pull-Out

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.6.2.8, there shall be no evidence of damage to
the cord and/or connector assembly.

NOTE: The earpiece-cord fastening for the headset is subject to a smaller amount of steady
pull as the headset is not fixed at the head and the headset is not connected to a fixed
mounted panel. Due to the reduced strains and weight of the earpiece, therefore the
maximum pulling load of 1.0 kg shall be applicable for the earpiece – cable
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

interface.

2.3.9 Headset or Handset Drop Resistance

When the headset or handset is dropped twelve (12) times from a height of one meter onto a
concrete floor, there shall be no operational failure, structural failure or defects.

2.3.10 Acoustic Quality

When tested in accordance with the test procedure of Subparagraph 2.7.2.3, the acoustic
output shall be checked for buzzing, rattling or other spurious sounds.

2.3.11 Speaker Polarity

Loudspeaker terminals shall be identified so that positive voltage across the input terminals
produces positive pressure in the manufacturer's specified direction of normal acoustic
radiation.

2.3.12 Headsets with Active Noise Reduction

If a headset or handset has active circuits such as for Active Noise Reduction (ANR),
requiring a power source, the headset or handset shall meet the requirements of Subparagraphs
2.3.1.1, 2.3.2.1, 2.3.3.1, 2.3.4.1, 2.3.5.1, 2.3.13, 2.3.14, 2.3.15, 2.3.16 and 2.3.17 with the

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
58

headset or handset power on and off. When tested in accordance with Paragraph 2.5 with
power on and off, the manufacturer shall ensure that the manufacturer’s performance
specifications are met.

Upon loss of power or, in the case of battery power, discharge below a minimum operating
threshold, an ANR headset shall automatically revert to passive operation, with no more than a
200 millisecond interruption of communication and with no action required by the user. It shall
not be possible to configure or use an ANR headset such that this does not occur. The design
shall include hysteresis or a latch to prevent ANR from cycling on and off when the battery or
power source is near the minimum operating threshold.

2.3.13 Headset Attenuation Performance

a. Manufacturers shall have the attenuation of an initial production sample of noise


attenuating headset models measured in accordance with Paragraph 2.7.3 and from the data
shall compute the NRSG (at the 10th and 90th percentile) and the octave band ratings in
accordance with ANSI/ASA S12.68. In the case of ANR headsets, performance shall be
measured and rated with ANR in all user-selectable operating modes as well as with ANR
off. Tests shall be done under nominal power conditions. The manufacturer shall make the
NRSG and octave band ratings readily available to anyone upon request, along with a
statement of what test method was used to obtain the underlying attenuation data. There is
no minimum attenuation performance requirement, as the attenuation required depends on
the aircraft in which it is to be used, as discussed in Paragraph 1.4.6. If the Environmental
Protection Agency’s NRR rule (40 CFR Part 211 Subpart B) has been updated to reference
ANSI/ASA S12.68 then the reporting and labeling requirements of that rule shall supersede

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
this paragraph.

If the headset is not noise attenuating then this shall be clearly indicated in its
specifications.

If the headset includes ANR that adaptively changes its attenuation in response to the noise,
the manufacturer shall indicate in its specifications if it does so by tracking and canceling
periodic content in the noise and – if this is the case – specifying the highest frequency the
headset is capable of tracking under steady-state conditions.

b. In addition, the manufacturer shall determine the headset attenuation performance


according to the simplified test described in Subparagraph 2.7.3.2. The results shall be
recorded as a reference for further tests.

All further measurements – if conducted on the same headset – shall not vary by more than
+/-4 dB in the frequency range from 40 Hz to 2000 Hz when compared to this reference.

2.3.14 ANR Stability

This test is only applicable to headsets comprising an ANR system.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
59

When tested in accordance with the test procedures of Subparagraph 2.7.3.3(a) or 2.7.3.3(b)
when environmental tests are conducted, no operation unintended by the manufacturer and no
acoustic feedback squeal oscillations or other distracting sounds shall be audible in the headset.

2.3.15 Absolute Delay

This test is only applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers with active circuits.

When tested in accordance with the test procedures of Subparagraph 2.7.2.4 the measured delay
shall meet the requirements of Subparagraph 2.4.13.1.

2.3.16 Audio Noise Without Signal

This test is only applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers with active circuits.

When tested in accordance with Subparagraph 2.7.3.5, the noise level shall be less than 50 dBA
SPL (reference: 20 µPa).

Noise level is measured to determine the quiescent noise level contributed by active circuitry
within the equipment with no input signal stimulus to confirm baseline audio performance of
the equipment.

Noise level is also measured to determine when variation in noise level contributed by active
circuitry within the equipment occurs in response to electrical or radiated interference test
stimulus (such as may be caused by RF interference during RTCA/DO-160 testing)

2.3.17 Listening Test

This test is only applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers with active circuits.

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.7.3.6, the
communications shall be loud, clear and intelligible in the judgment of the test observers.

The Listening Test is performed to allow test personnel to subjectively confirm that the
equipment under test is producing adequate acoustic performance.

The Listening Test is performed to allow test personnel to subjectively confirm when variation
in performance contributed by active circuitry within the equipment occurs in response to
electrical or radiated interference test stimulus (such as may be caused by RF interference
during RTCA/DO-160 testing)

As described in Subparagraph 2.3.16, direct monitoring of equipment performance during


interference tests may not be possible while the equipment is being subjected to levels of
interference in a closed chamber that are unsafe for test personnel.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
60

The purpose of the listening test under interference test conditions is to subjectively confirm
that acoustic noise measured by the Artificial Ear or volt meter is actually producing acoustic
output that could interfere or prevent adequate communications.

Measurement of the noise level as required by the Noise Level test is used to quantify the
amount of noise present.

2.4 Performance Requirements - Audio System

The electrical test procedures applicable to a determination of the performance of the


equipment under standard test conditions are set forth in Subsection 2.8 of this document. The
audio system includes the ASP, the Audio Control Panel Audio Management Unit
(ACP/AMU) and amplifiers.

2.4.1 Rated Output Power


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.1, the unit shall
provide a power output of at least the manufacturer's rated value for a specified input, or range
of inputs for units with compression. The unit power output shall be allowed to roll off
uniformly to not more than one half rated power output at the high and low ends of the
appropriate frequency band.

2.4.2 Audio Frequency Characteristics

2.4.2.1 Audio Frequency Response

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.2.1, the audio
output level shall not vary more than 3 dB when the audio input signal is held constant and the
frequency is varied over the frequency range. The response shall roll off uniformly above and
below the manufacturer's specified limits. Any amplifiers shall be stable and exhibit no
parasitic oscillation with steady-state or transient signals.

NOTE: This response may be modified to accept low frequency warning tones or to provide a
specific tailored response or to attenuate a specific frequency.

2.4.2.2 Spurious Responses

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.2.2, any spurious
responses (non-harmonically related) shall be attenuated 50 dB below the manufacturer's rated
power output.

2.4.3 Distortion Characteristics

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.3, the combined
noise and distortion in the output of the amplifier, including crossover, shall not exceed, (a) 10

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
61

percent distortion at rated power, (b) three percent distortion at 10 percent of rated output
power.

2.4.4 Impedance Characteristics

2.4.4.1 Input Impedance

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.8.2.4.1, the input
impedance over the audio frequency range shall conform to within 0.5 times to 4.0 times the
manufacturer's specified magnitude and to within ±45 degrees of zero.

2.4.4.2 Output Impedance

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.8.2.4.2, the output
impedance over the audio frequency range shall not exceed 2.5 times the manufacturer's
specified value and shall be less than 250 ohms in the off state for outputs that drive multiple
inputs.

2.4.5 Volume Controls

All systems incorporating volume controls adjustable by the user after installation shall
conform to this requirement. When tested in accordance with the test procedures in
Subparagraph 2.8.2.5, the control variation shall conform with the manufacturer's specified
tolerance for systems equipped with volume controls. There shall be no discontinuities over
the controls effective range. During power up or power transients, the volume level shall
return to its previous setting without exceeding the volume level previously set, or to a
predetermined level. The percentage distortion shall not exceed three percent at 90 percent of
the rated output.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.4.6 Output Regulation

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.6, the change in
voltage level from that at rated output power of the amplifier shall not exceed the specified dB
value listed below.

Passenger Address Amplifiers: 2 dB Interphone and Isolation Amplifiers: 3 dB Amplifiers


whose rated output impedance is equal to that of the rated load impedances: 7 dB

The distortion shall not exceed 10 percent when the output load is changed from 0.75 to 4.0
times the rated load impedance.

NOTE: This paragraph does not apply to equipment which supply permanently connected
loads such as cockpit speakers, bull horns, etc.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
62

2.4.7 Coupling Between Audio Circuits -Crosstalk

2.4.7.1 Input to Output Crosstalk and Bleed-Through Levels

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.7.1, the input-to-
output crosstalk and bleed-through levels shall be attenuated at least
55 dB for Class Ia and lb installations, and 50 dB for Class II installations.

NOTE: Attenuation of 65 dB is recommended to allow some headroom for additional


crosstalk inherently introduced when the system is connected to aircraft wiring.

2.4.7.2 Input-to-Input Crosstalk Level

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.7.2, the input-to-
input crosstalk level shall be attenuated at least 60 dB for Class Ia and lb installations. This
test applies to multiple AMU or multiple ASP installations where inputs are to be paralleled.
This test does not apply to single AMU or Class II installations.

2.4.7.3 Station-to-Station Crosstalk Level

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.7.3, the station-to-
station input-to-output crosstalk level shall be attenuated at least
65 dB over the frequency range for Class Ia and lb ACP/AMU systems.

2.4.7.4 Input-to-Microphone Output Crosstalk

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.7.4, the input to
microphone output crosstalk shall be as follows:

0.1 mV for microphone outputs that feed un-keyed equipment in Class Ia systems.

1.0 mV for microphone outputs that feed keyed equipment in Class Ia systems.

1.0 mV for all microphone outputs Class lb and Class II systems

2.4.8 Compression

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.8, the compression
variation shall conform to the manufacturer's specified tolerances for systems equipped with a
compression feature.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
63

2.4.9 Stability and Short Circuit

When tested in accordance with the test procedure in Subparagraph 2.8.2.9, there shall be no
driven or sustained parasitic oscillations. All sustained non-harmonically related responses
shall be attenuated at least 50 dB. The unit under test shall not sustain any permanent damage

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and shall return to normal operation when the proper output termination is restored. Protective
devices that automatically reset shall not permanently disable the unit.

2.4.10 Intermodulation Distortion

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.10, all
intermodulation products in the audio frequency range shall be at least 30 dB below the level
of either of two equal tones.

2.4.11 Audio Noise Level

2.4.11.1 Audio Noise Without Signal

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.11.1, the level of
the noise output of the system shall be at least 50 dB below the rated output of the system.

2.4.11.2 Signal Plus Noise Degradation

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.11.2, the system
output signal plus noise-to-noise level shall be greater than 9 dB.

2.4.12 System Polarity (non-delay phase inversion)

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.12, Input/Output
phase (polarity) shall be maintained throughout the system such that positive-going voltage
applied to any system input shall produce positive-going voltage at any system output,
regardless of the position of any and all switches and controls.

2.4.13 Delays

2.4.13.1 Absolute (Envelope) Delay

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.13.1, the envelope
delay shall not exceed the values below.

The equipment designer shall consider the intrinsic contribution of every part of the system
and so, to apply the following delay figures:

Required Maximum Delays for equipment:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
64

 Audio Equipment: 10 mS
 Passenger Address Amplifier: 5 mS
 Hand Microphone, Headset Microphone, Oxygen Mask Microphone: 2.5 mS
 Headset Speaker, Loudspeaker: 2.5 mS
 Handset (Microphone + Speaker): 5 mS

Recommended Maximum Delays:

 VHF function: 5 mS
 HF function: 5 mS
 SATCOM function: 5 mS
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

These figures are considered as maximum values.

Refer to FIGURE 1-1 and Subparagraph 1.2.5 for the discussion on the allocation of delay
paths through the audio system and equipment.

The maximum measured delay for each piece of equipment must be published within the
manufacturer’s installation and operating manuals and the Declaration of Design and
Performance (DDP), if applicable.

Exception: It is recognized that other system or equipment performance considerations may


result with additional delays beyond the delay allowed. As an example, when equipment
under test is intended to be used with other equipment that has lower delay than described in
the requirements of this section. In the event the equipment under test exceeds its maximum
allocated audio delay requirements, the following warning must be included within the
manufacturer’s installation and operating manuals and, if applicable, the Declaration of
Design and Performance (DDP), if applicable:

WARNING
This component exceeds the maximum audio delay requirements of RTCA/DO-214. This
should be considered before combining it with other audio system components to ensure that
the sum of audio delays for the system does not exceed 20 milliseconds. If this system delay
is exceeded, there is a risk of distraction when speaking into the audio system.

2.4.13.2 Differential Delay

Differential delay is applicable to system inputs that, within the intended application of the
system, can be summed and supplied from a common source, with a monotonal input
frequency over the 300 Hz to 6000 Hz frequency range applied to the summed inputs. When
tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.13.2, the signal level at
1000 Hz shall not decrease more than 9 dB when the input frequency is slowly varied from
300 to 6000 Hz.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
65

2.4.13.3 Push-to-Talk (PTT) Delay

From the time that the PTT input to the system is activated, the system shall produce a PTT at
the system output within a period of 100 milliseconds when tested in accordance with
Subparagraph 2.8.2.13.3.

2.4.14 Overdrive

2.4.14.1 Input Overdrive

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.14.1 the system
output shall exhibit no distortion other than expected system limiting behavior (such as
clipping) when the system input is overdriven.

2.4.14.2 Output Overdrive

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.14.2, the system
output shall exhibit no distortion other than expected system limiting (behavior such as
clipping) when the system output is overdriven.

2.4.14.3 Transient Recovery

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.14.3, the 3000 Hz
response shall settle within 50 milliseconds.

2.4.15 Listening Test

When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.15, the
communications shall be loud, clear and intelligible in the judgment of the test observers.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
66

2.5 Equipment Performance - Environmental Conditions

The environmental tests and performance requirements described in this subsection are
intended to provide a laboratory means of determining the overall performance characteristics
of the equipment under conditions representative of those which may be encountered in actual
aeronautical operations.

Unless otherwise specified, the test procedures applicable to a determination of equipment


performance under environmental test conditions are contained in RTCA/DO-160x,
Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment. General information
on the use of RTCA/DO-160x is contained in Sections 1.0 through 3.0 of that document.
Also, a method of identifying which environmental tests were conducted and other amplifying
information on the conduct of the tests is contained in Appendix A of RTCA/DO-160x.

Some of the performance requirements in Subsections 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4 are not required to be
tested to all of the conditions contained in RTCA/DO-160x. Judgment and experience have
indicated that these particular performance parameters are not susceptible to certain
environmental conditions and that the level of performance specified in Subsection 2.2, 2.3,
and 2.4 will not be measurably degraded by exposure to these conditions.

In addition to the exceptions above, certain environmental tests contained in this subsection
are not required for minimum performance equipment unless the manufacturer wishes to
qualify the equipment for additional environmental conditions. If the manufacturer wishes to
qualify the equipment to these additional conditions, then these tests shall be performed.

Some of the following tests require that the equipment under test be operating. When this
condition is specified in RTCA/DO-160x, microphones shall be connected to the circuit of
FIGURE 1-3 with the adjustable power supply set at 16 V dc, headsets and handsets shall be
operated at 10 mW at 1000 Hz, and loudspeakers shall be operated at the manufacturer’s rated
sensitivity at 1000 Hz. Headsets with active circuitry or ANR; or amplified speakers powered
by the aircraft shall be operated at 28V dc, headsets with battery powered ANR systems shall
be either operated on batteries or their rated operating voltage connected to the battery
terminals. The term "maximum duty cycle" is defined as the continuous output power.
Certain tests may require transition to rated power for brief periods to determine compliance.

NOTE: Batteries that are designed integral to devices with active circuitry and not accessible
to the user or installer shall be subjected to the test conditions specified in
RTCA/DO-227.

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0.

2.5.1 Temperature and Altitude Tests

RTCA/DO-160x contains several temperature and altitude test procedures that are specified
according to equipment category. These categories are included in Subsection 4.3 of
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
67

RTCA/DO-160x. The following Subparagraphs contain the applicable test conditions


specified in Section 4.0 of RTCA/DO-160x.

2.5.1.1 Short Time Operating Low, Ground Survival Low-Temperature Test and Operating
Low-Temperature Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the Operating Low-Temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.6.2.11 – Microphone Functional Test

Immediately upon removal from the temperature chamber after the Operating Low-
Temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.8.1 - Cord Flexibility

(2) Paragraph 2.2.10 - Microphone Drop Resistance (Except Oxygen Mask)

After the Ground Survival Low-Temperature test, Short time Operating-Low Temperature
Test and Operating Low-Temperature Test, with the equipment at ambient conditions, the
following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

NOTE: During the Ground Survival Low Temperature Test, the Oxygen Mask
Microphone is not powered.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Immediately upon removal from the temperature chamber after the Operating Low
Temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
68

(1) Subparagraph 2.3.8.2 - Cord Flexibility - (Except Loudspeakers)

(2) Paragraph 2.3.9 - Headset or Handset Drop Resistance

After the Ground Survival Low-Temperature test, Short time Operating-Low Temperature
Test and Operating Low-Temperature Test, with the equipment at ambient conditions, the
following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1- Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

(3) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

For headsets with ANR:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(1) Paragraph 2.3.14 - ANR Stability

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) - Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Paragraph 2.4.8 - Compression (if applicable)

(3) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(4) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

2.5.1.2 Ground Survival High-Temperature Test and Short-Time Operating High- Temperature
Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

Exception to test conditions: The highest temperature exposure of microphones shall not
exceed 70 degrees C.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
69

Immediately upon removal from the temperature chamber after the Short- Time Operating
High-Temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.8.1 - Cord Flexibility

(2) Paragraph 2.2.10 - Microphone Drop Resistance

After the Ground Survival High and Short-Time Operating High-Temperature Test, with
the equipment at ambient conditions, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

NOTE: During the Ground Survival High Temperature Test, the Oxygen Mask
Microphone is not powered.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Exception to test conditions: The highest temperature exposure of headsets and handsets
shall not exceed 70°C.

Immediately upon removal from the temperature chamber after the Short- Time Operating
High-Temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.3.8.2 - Cord Flexibility – (Except Loudspeakers)

(2) Paragraph 2.3.9 - Headset or Handset Drop Resistance

After the Ground Survival High and Short-Time Operating High-Temperature Test, with
the equipment at ambient conditions, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

(3) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

For headsets with ANR:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
70

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.14 - ANR Stability

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) - Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Paragraph 2.4.8 - Compression (if applicable)

(3) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(4) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

The equipment shall operate both electrically and mechanically.

2.5.1.3 Operating High-temperature Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

Exception to test conditions: The highest temperature exposure of microphones shall not
exceed 70 degrees C.

Immediately upon removal from the temperature chamber after the Operating High-
temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.8.1 - Cord Flexibility

(2) Paragraph 2.2.10 - Microphone Drop Resistance (Except Oxygen Masks)

During the Operating High-Temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.6.2.11 – Microphone Functional Test

After the Operating High-temperature Test, with the equipment at ambient conditions, the
following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
71

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

b. Aircraft Headsets and Handsets:

Exception to test conditions: The highest temperature exposure of headsets and handsets
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

shall not exceed 70 degrees C.

Immediately upon removal from the temperature chamber after the Operating High-
temperature Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.3.8.2 - Cord Flexibility

(2) Paragraph 2.3.9 - Headset or Handset Drop Resistance

For headsets with ANR:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.14 - ANR Stability

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) - Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Paragraph 2.4.8 - Compression (if applicable)

(3) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(4) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

(5) The equipment shall operate both electrically and mechanically.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
72

2.5.1.4 Altitude Tests

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0. The minimum test level for Oxygen Mask Microphones shall be 45,000 feet.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.6.2.11 – Microphone Functional Test

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Not applicable to Loudspeakers

During the test, the following requirements shall be met within ±15 dB:

Subparagraph 2.3.1.1 - Frequency Response - Headsets and Handsets

For headsets with ANR:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.14 - ANR Stability

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) - Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
73

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

2.5.1.5 Decompression Test (When Required)

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0. The test level for Oxygen Mask Microphones shall be 5,000 feet to 45,000 feet with
decompression occurring in 1 second.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) - Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
74

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

2.5.1.6 Overpressure Test (When Required)

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
4.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) All mechanical devices shall perform their intended function and there shall be no
evidence of permanent physical distortion of the components.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.2 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

(3) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
75

(4) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

2.5.2 Temperature Variation Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
5.0. The minimum test level for Oxygen Mask Microphones shall be in accordance with
Category C.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the Temperature Variation Test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.6.2.11 – Microphone Functional Test

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.2.1 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) – Sensitivity

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.2 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

(3) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
76

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

2.5.3 Humidity Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
6.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) Paragraph 2.2.7 - Insulation Resistance

(6) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1- Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

(3) Paragraph 2.3.7 - Insulation Resistance

(4) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
77

(2) Paragraph 2.4.7 - Coupling Between Audio Circuits -Crosstalk

(3) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(4) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

(5) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

2.5.4 Shock Tests

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2.5.4.1 Operational Shocks

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
7.0. This requirement is not applicable to equipment that does not have a fixed mounting (such
as a headset).

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

(5) The equipment shall have remained in its mounting, and no parts of the equipment or
its mounting shall have become detached and free of the equipment.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 – Sensitivity

(3) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) – Headset attenuation performance

c. Audio System:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
78

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

(4) All mechanical devices shall operate satisfactorily

2.5.4.2 Crash Safety Shocks

The application of the Crash Safety Shock tests may result in damage to the equipment under
test. Therefore, this test may be conducted after the other tests have been completed.
Paragraph 2.1.7 "Effects of Test" does not apply.

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
7.0. This requirement is not applicable to equipment that does not have a fixed mounting (such
as a headset).

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) The equipment shall have remained in its mounting, and no parts of the equipment or
its mounting shall have become detached and free of the equipment.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

The equipment shall meet the requirements specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section 7.0.

(1) The equipment shall have remained in its mounting, and no parts of the equipment or
its mounting shall have become detached and free of the equipment.

c. Audio System:

The equipment shall meet the requirements specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section 7.0.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) The equipment shall have remained in its mounting, and no parts of the equipment or
its mounting shall have become detached and free of the equipment.

2.5.5 Vibration Tests

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
8.0.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
79

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

Microphones shall be subjected to the vibration test envelope for equipment mounted on
instrument panels or consoles per the Table “Characterization and Vibration Tests by
Aircraft Types and Equipment Locations” of RTCA/DO-160x.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) Headset Attenuation Performance

c. Audio System:

The equipment shall be operated at continuous power for monitoring purposes.

During the test, the following requirements shall be met (measured at periodic intervals):

(1) Paragraph 2.4.1 - Rated Output Power

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions, as specified in RTCA/DO-160x,


Section 8.0.

Exception: The following noise level shall apply:

During the vibration test, when tested in accordance with the test procedures in
Subparagraph 2.8.2.11.1, the level of the noise output of the system shall be at least 30 dB

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
80

below the rated output of the system. After the test, the requirements of 2.4.11.1 shall
apply.

2.5.6 Magnetic Effect Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
15.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The requirements of the appropriate RTCA/DO-160x category.

It is recommended that microphones intended for use in the cockpit, should meet the
requirements of categories Z and A. It is strongly recommended that a cautionary note
citing possible effects to magnetic compasses, be packed with microphones meeting
requirements other than category Z.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The requirements of the appropriate RTCA/DO-160x category.

Headsets with ANR shall be tested with ANR On and Off.

It is recommended that headsets and handsets intended for use in the cockpit, should meet
the requirements of categories Z and A. It is strongly recommended that a cautionary note
citing possible effects to magnetic compasses, be packed with headsets and handsets
meeting requirements other than category Z.

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The requirements of the appropriate RTCA/DO-160x category.

2.5.7 Power Input Tests


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.5.7.1 Normal Operating Conditions

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified RTCA/DO-160x, Section
16.0 as appropriate.

a. Aircraft Microphones: Not Applicable

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
81

Applicable to headsets (with and without ANR), handsets and loudspeakers utilizing
aircraft power.

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

A listening test shall prove that audio signals in the headset, handset or loudspeaker are
clearly intelligible. Minor degradation of performance (slight pops or clicks in the headset,
handset, or loudspeaker) is acceptable.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) – Headset attenuation performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements as modified in TABLE 2-1 shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.1 - Power Output

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.2.1 - Audio Frequency Response

(3) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(4) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(5) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS


STANDARD
MINIMUM SUPPLY EMERGENCY SUPPLY
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE
-3 dB -6 dB
Rated Power REF: 0 dB = Rated Power REF: 0 dB = Rated
in Paragraph 2 . 4 . 2 Power in Paragraph 2 . 4 . 2
Distortion 20% 30%
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

-50 dB Cat. Ax & Bx -40 dB Cat. Ax & Bx


No Signal Noise
-60 dB Cat. Cx & Zx -40 dB Cat. C x & Zx

Listening Test Intelligible Intelligible

TABLE 2-1 TABULATION OF REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER INPUT TEST

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
82

2.5.7.2 Abnormal Operating Conditions

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
16.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones: Not Applicable

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers utilizing aircraft power.

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

Degraded performance is tolerable, provided the equipment will resume normal operation
when power is returned to normal operating conditions.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) – Headset attenuation performance

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Degradation of performance is tolerable provided the equipment will resume normal
operation when power input is returned to normal operating conditions.

(2) The gradual reduction to zero of the primary power voltage(s) for dc operated
equipment shall produce no evidence of the presence of fire or smoke or permanent
damage to the equipment.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met.

(1) Dc-operated equipment shall operate satisfactorily within one second of returning
primary power voltage(s) to normal after testing to low voltage conditions. The one
second time period specified does not include the time required for the operation of
automatic self-test.

(2) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(3) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(4) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
83

2.5.8 Voltage Spike Conducted Test

The applicable test conditions are specified in Section 17.0 of RTCA/DO-160x.

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x,


Section 17.0. Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers utilizing aircraft power.

a. Aircraft Microphones: Not Applicable

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

A listening test shall prove that audio signals in the headset are clearly intelligible. Minor
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

degradation of performance (slight pops or clicks in the headset, handset, or loudspeaker) is


acceptable.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) – Headset attenuation performance

The equipment shall continue to operate electrically and mechanically without degradation
of performance.

c. Audio System:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(3) The equipment shall continue to operate electrically and mechanically without
degradation of performance.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
84

2.5.8.1 Deleted
2.5.8.2 Deleted
2.5.8.3 Deleted

F1 R5 C3 X1
1 2
16VDC

0.01uF
R2
+ +

10uF
R4
- C2
Scope
Trigger
R1 Oscilloscope
Simulated Microphone
Microphone Under

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0-350VDC R3 Input Test
SUPPLY SW1
Circuit
+
T1
-
C1
Np Ns L1

C1 2,uF, 1500 V dc S1 20 Amp, SPDT Switch


C2 0.03,uF, 2000 V dc L1 50 Turns Air Core, 2 inch dia.
#16AWG
C3 25,uF, 500 V dc T1 Air Core Transformer
R1 100 ohms, 1 watt 2 inch dia., #16 AWG
R2 1000 ohms, 1 watt NP = 20Turns
R3 100 Kohms, 1 watt NS = 60Turns
(or as required)
R4 220 ohms, watt
R5 470 ohms, l/2 watt
NOTES:
(1) A mechanically or electronically operated switch may be used for SWl.
(2) The transformer windings should be BIFILAR.
(3) A 50 ohm resistor replaces the equipment under test for verifying the source
impedance.
(4) The simulated microphone input circuit represents the average electrical impedance
found in aircraft microphone input circuits. Its presence has significant effect on the
magnitude and duration of the voltage spike and it must be added externally to the
voltage spike generator in order to realistically test aircraft microphones. The circuit
is to be removed for calibration of the voltage spike generator in accordance with
RTCA/DO-160x Section 17.0.

FIGURE 2-3 VOLTAGE SPIKE GENERATOR

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
85

2.5.9 Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
18.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones: Not Applicable

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers directly connected to aircraft power.

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

A listening test shall prove that audio signals in the headset, handset or loudspeaker are
clearly intelligible. Minor degradation of performance (slight pops or clicks in the headset,
handset, or loudspeaker) is acceptable.

c. Audio System:

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
During the test, the following requirements shall be met: Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio
Noise Without Signal

2.5.10 Induced Signal Susceptibility Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions, as specified in RTCA/DO-160x,


Section 19.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The induced signal level shall be no greater than 3 mV RMS.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers with active components installed within
the Headset, Handset or Loudspeaker. For such equipment, only the Magnetic and Electric
Fields Induced into the equipment test applies.

During the test, the induced signal level shall not produce noise that exceeds 70 dBA.

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal. During the test, the induced
signal level shall not produce noise that exceeds 50 dB below rated power for
Category Ax and Bx equipment and 60 dB below rated power for Category Cx and

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
86

Zx equipment. (RTCA/DO-160x Definitions, Section 19.0, Induced Signal


Susceptibility).

NOTES:

1. RTCA/DO-160x, Section 19.0 addresses "Magnetic Fields Induced


into the Equipment." Magnetic protection of the cable and/or other
forms of cable modification may be utilized during test to eliminate
induced signal contributions from the cable.

2. RTCA/DO-160x, Section 19.0 addresses, "Magnetic Fields Induced


into Interconnecting Cables." Audio lines (especially single ended
microphone lines) are particularly susceptible to induced signals as

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
discussed in Subparagraph. 1.3.3.2. Such audio lines may be
magnetically protected during the test. This magnetic protection
may be in addition to that specified in the manufacturer's
installation wiring diagram.

If such measures are required then:

— The manufacturer shall identify all audio lines that required extra
protection, and the nature of the protection used. This information
is to provide the necessary guidance for wiring installation.

— The manufacturer shall specify the maximum magnetic field


strength that the magnetically unprotected audio lines can
withstand, without violating the applicable performance
requirements. This information is to provide the necessary
guidance for wiring installation.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
87

2.5.11 Radio Frequency Susceptibility Test (Radiated and Conducted)

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions, as specified in RTCA/DO-160x,


Section 20.0.

During the test, the performance requirements identified in this section shall be met.

The following methods can be used to determine compliance:

a. Steady State (previously called “Sustained”)

b. Momentary (previously called “Transient”)

The Transmitting Portable Electronic Device (T-PED) environment is considered steady state
whereas the HIRF RF environment is considered momentary. The T-PED environment is
limited to Radiated Susceptibility whereas the HIRF RF environment includes Radiated
Susceptibility and Conducted RF Susceptibility.

The minimum RF susceptibility test levels shall be consistent with RTCA/DO-160G Section
20, Category TR; refer also to Paragraph 1.8(a) of this document. This corresponds to a
minimum Radiated RF test level of 20 V/m with CW and SW modulation from 100-400 MHz
and 150 V/m PM from 0.4 to 8 GHz. The corresponding minimum Conducted RF test level is
7.5 mA over the frequency range specified by RTCA/DO-160x.

Exception: For Conducted Susceptibility: The test frequency range shall begin at 24 kHz
instead of 10 kHz.

NOTE: RF Interference from T-PEDs can interfere with functions of the audio equipment.
Audio system components are only exposed to T-PEDs RF Interference when the
Audio system component is located in an area of the aircraft near the T-PEDs
devices and when there is no RF shielding between the audio system component and
the T-PEDs. Therefore, it is reasonable for only the exposed audio equipment to be
tested according to T-PEDs requirements. Additionally, when equipment is mounted
so that a portion of it is shielded, it is reasonable for only the exposed side(s) of the
audio equipment to be exposed to the T-PED radiated RF test environment.

If the equipment is not exposed to T-PEDs RF Interference in its application, such as


when mounted in enclosed metal or otherwise RF shielded avionics bay, and/or when
the equipment wiring is located behind an RF shield, then the equipment can be
considered not exposed to T-PEDs. Equipment, equipment surfaces, and/or cables
not exposed to T-PEDs shall be tested using Radiated RF Susceptibility test levels
consistent with Category T at a minimum. An analysis should be performed to
determine EUT exposure.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
88

If such measures are required then:

— The manufacturer shall identify the nature of the exposure that was tested and
any mounting limitations resulting from the testing performed. This
information is to provide the necessary guidance for equipment and wiring
installation.

— The manufacturer shall specify the maximum RF field strength that the
equipment under test can withstand, without violating the applicable
performance requirements. This information is to provide the necessary
guidance for equipment and wiring installation.

The equipment under test should be configured during the RF testing in a manner that will most
fully expose all input and output channels and functions of the equipment to the effects of RF
interference as determined by the equipment manufacturer. Examples of worst case operating
conditions are:

1. Volume controls and/or operator accessible gain settings set to the manufacture’s specified
settings with all selectable audio channels ON. This configuration should be able to achieve
the manufacturer’s maximum rated output level when driven from each input.

2. VOX or squelch controls set to minimum setting (e.g. most sensitive threshold position or
fully activated).

3. All inputs and outputs loaded with manufacturer’s specified source and load impedance
values.

4. Mode selections and discrete input and output controls placed in a state where the greatest
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

number of audio channels and functions of the equipment are activated and exposed to the
conditions of the test.

2.5.11.1 Steady State RF Interference Test:

1. Set up the EUT, wiring, associated interface circuitry and test equipment as required by
RTCA/DO-160x.

2. Perform the RF Sweep at the test level and over the frequency range required by
Paragraph 2.5.11.

3. For Audio Systems and Microphones, monitor the output of the equipment using a headset
or speaker using a listening test to detect audible noise.

4. For Headsets, Handsets and Speakers, monitor the output of the equipment with suitable
acoustic monitoring equipment using a listening test to detect audible noise.

5. Throughout the test, measure the noise level using suitable measuring equipment and
determine compliance with Steady State recovered modulation (audible noise) limits given
later in this section for the applicable equipment type.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
89

6. Monitor equipment operation to insure that the equipment continues to operate


continuously throughout the test as noted below.

7. If audible susceptibility that exceeds the limits required by this section is detected, the
Momentary test in Subparagraph 2.5.11.1 can be used. If the Momentary test is to be used
then, during the Steady State test, record the RF test frequencies at which audible noise
exceeds the minimum requirements and the level of the recovered modulation at each
frequency. After this information is recorded, perform the Momentary test of
Subparagraph 2.5.11.1.

NOTE 1: The equipment must continue to operate throughout the test. System state
changes (such as system resets, configuration changes, volume level changes,
etc.) shall not occur.

NOTE 2: The equipment shall continue to operate throughout the test in a manner that
shall not cause any interruption in communication.

NOTE 3: If the equipment exceeds the Steady State recovered modulation threshold
over more than 10% of the RF frequencies tested then it shall be considered
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

to have failed the test.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.2.4 – Noise Level – Microphones

The recovered modulation (audible noise) shall not exceed 20 mVrms.

(2) Paragraph 2.2.13 - Listening Test

(3) The equipment should survive the test, fully recover following the test, and should
not cause any unsafe condition in system operation during the test.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers utilizing aircraft power which include
active circuitry.

(1) Paragraph 2.3.16 – Noise Level – Headsets, Handsets and Speakers –

The recovered modulation (audible noise) shall not exceed 70 dBA.

(2) Paragraph 2.3.17 - Listening Test. This shall be performed by connecting, outside of
the RF chamber, the output of the Artificial Ear to an amplifier and speaker or
headset to allow monitoring.

(3) The equipment should survive the test, fully recover following the test, and should
not cause any unsafe condition in system operation during the test

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
90

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.11.1, the
level of the recovered modulation (audible noise) from the system shall not exceed
2.4.11.1.

(2) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

(3) The equipment should survive the test, fully recover following the test, and should
not cause any unsafe condition in system operation during the test.

2.5.11.2 Momentary RF Interference Test:

1. Set up the EUT, wiring, associated interface circuitry and test equipment as required by
RTCA/DO-160x.

2. Apply the RF test signal at the frequencies where audible noise was previously detected
during the Steady State test, one test frequency at a time.

3. For Audio Systems and Microphones monitor the output of the equipment using a headset
or speaker using a listening test to detect audible noise.

4. For Headsets, Handsets and Speakers, monitor the output of the equipment with suitable
acoustic monitoring equipment using a listening test to detect audible noise.

5. At each RF test frequency recorded during the Steady State test and at the specified RF test
level (refer to Paragraph 2.5.11), the recovered modulation shall be less than the
Momentary limits given later in this section for the applicable equipment type. Then, for
each adjacent set of RF frequencies where the recovered modulation exceeds the Steady
State limits of Subparagraph 0, find the frequency with the highest recovered modulation
level. Reduce the RF test level at that frequency until the recovered modulation level
reaches the Steady State limits and record the resulting RF test level.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6. Throughout the test, measure the audible noise level using suitable measuring equipment
and determine compliance with applicable performance requirements described in this
subsection.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.2.4 - Noise Level – Microphones

The recovered modulation (audible noise) shall not exceed 400 mVrms.

(2) Paragraph 2.2.13 - Listening Test

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
91

(3) The equipment should survive the test, fully recover following the test, and should
not cause any unsafe condition in system operation during the test.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers utilizing aircraft power or which include
active circuitry.

(1) Paragraph 2.3.16 - Noise Level – Headsets, Handsets and Speakers –

The recovered modulation (audible noise) shall not exceed 95 dBA.

(2) Paragraph 2.3.17 - Listening Test. This shall be performed by connecting, outside of
the RF chamber, the output of the Artificial Ear to an amplifier and speaker or
headset to allow monitoring.

(3) The equipment should survive the test, fully recover following the test, and should
not cause any unsafe condition in system operation during the test.

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) When tested in accordance with the test procedures in Subparagraph 2.8.2.11.1, the
level of the recovered modulation (audible noise) from the system shall not exceed 15
dB below rated power.

(2) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

(3) The equipment should survive the test, fully recover following the test, and should
not cause any unsafe condition in system operation during the test.

2.5.12 Emission of Radio Frequency Energy Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x,


Section 21.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The requirements of the appropriate RTCA/DO-160x category.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers utilizing aircraft power.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
92

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The requirements of the appropriate RTCA/DO-160x category.

c. Audio System:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

The requirements of the appropriate RTCA/DO-160x category.

2.5.13 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
22.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.2.1.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Frequency


Response

(2) Subparagraph 2.2.1.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Frequency Response

(3) Subparagraph 2.2.3.1 – For Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(4) Subparagraph 2.2.3.3 – For Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of


Speech (CSS)

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

Applicable to headsets, handsets and loudspeakers utilizing aircraft power.

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.1 - Frequency Response

(2) Paragraph 2.3.3 - Sensitivity

For headsets with ANR:

(1) Paragraph 2.3.13(b) – Headset attenuation performance

The equipment shall continue to operate electrically and mechanically without degradation
of performance.

c. Audio System:

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
93

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.3 - Distortion Characteristics

(2) Subparagraph 2.4.11.1 - Audio Noise Without Signal

(3) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

2.5.14 Final Distortion Test

The equipment shall be subjected to all the applicable environmental tests.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the tests, the following requirements shall be met:

Paragraph 2.2.2 - Distortion

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the tests, the following requirements shall be met:

Paragraph 2.2.2 - Distortion

c. Audio System: - Not Applicable

2.5.15 Push-to-Talk Switch Life

The equipment shall be subjected to all the applicable environmental tests. The equipment
shall then be subjected to the test conditions as specified in Subparagraph 2.6.2.9 of this
document - Push-to-Talk Switch Life.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

Paragraph 2.2.9 - Push-to-Talk Switch

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

During the test, the following requirements shall be met:

Paragraph 2.2.9 - Push-to-Talk Switch (where applicable)

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
94

c. Audio System: - Not Applicable

2.5.16 Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Test

The equipment shall be subjected to the test conditions as specified in RTCA/DO-160x, Section
25.0.

a. Aircraft Microphones (Except Carbon):

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Subparagraph 2.6.2.11 – Microphone Functional Test

(2) The equipment shall continue to operate electrically and mechanically without
degradation of performance.

b. Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(1) A listening test shall prove that audio signals in the headset, handset or loudspeaker
are clearly intelligible. Minor degradation of performance (slight pops or clicks in
the headset, handset, or loudspeaker) is acceptable.

(2) The equipment shall continue to operate electrically and mechanically without
degradation of performance.

c. Audio System:

After the test, the following requirements shall be met:

(1) Paragraph 2.4.15 - Listening Test

(2) The equipment shall continue to operate electrically and mechanically without
degradation of performance.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
95

2.6 Test Procedures - Aircraft Microphones

2.6.1 Conditions of Test

The following conditions are applicable to the equipment tests specified herein.

a. The circuits of the equipment shall be properly aligned and otherwise adjusted for operation
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practices prior to the application of
the specified tests.

b. Impedance matching and coupling components supplied or recommended for use with the
equipment shall be used in all tests requiring such components.

c. Due precautions shall be taken to prevent errors resulting from the improper employment of
test instruments during the conduct of the tests.

d. Unless otherwise specified, all measurements shall be conducted under conditions of


ambient room temperature, pressure, and humidity. However, the ambient room
temperature shall not be less than 10 degrees C.

e. The test procedures set forth herein are satisfactory for use in determining the performance
of aircraft microphones. Test procedures and equipment which provide equivalent
information may be used.

f. All test frequencies have a tolerance of ± 2 percent in order to accommodate digital


instruments.

2.6.2 Detailed Test Procedures

The test procedures set forth below constitute a satisfactory method of determining required
performance. Although specific test procedures are cited, it is recognized that other methods
may be preferred. Such alternate methods may be used if the manufacturer can show that they
provide at least equivalent information. Therefore, the procedures cited herein should be used
as one criterion in evaluating the acceptability of the alternate procedures.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
96

2.6.2.1 Near Field Sensitivity and Frequency Response - Microphones

a. Microphones (Except Oxygen Mask) - Sensitivity

(1) Setup and calibrate the Artificial Voice and associated equipment, according to the
manufacturer’s instructions. Set the output frequency to 1000 Hz and the SPL to 94
dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa) 6 mm from the opening.

(2) Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set the dc
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

supply voltage to 8.0 V. Set any microphone amplifier gain control at maximum
gain.

(3) Position the microphone 6 mm from the opening.

(4) Read the output in volts from the audio frequency voltmeter.

(5) Calculate the output in volts per Pascal (94 dB SPL equals 1 Pascal).

(6) Vary the dc excitation voltage from 8.0 V to 16.0 V while observing the ac output.

b. Frequency Response

(1) Set up and calibrate the Artificial Voice and associated equipment, according to the
manufacturer's instructions. Set the output frequency at 1000 Hz and the SPL to 94
dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa) 6 mm from the opening.

(2) Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set the dc
supply voltage to 8.0 V. Set any microphone amplifier gain controls at maximum
gain.

(3) Position the microphone 6 mm from the opening.

NOTE: For oxygen masks, this test is with the microphone NOT fitted in the mask.

(4) Operate a level recorder in tandem with the sine generator (automatic mode) and run
a frequency response curve, or manually adjust the sine generator to frequencies of
350, 500, 700, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000 and 6000 Hz, reading the
output in dB on an audio-frequency voltmeter for each frequency. From this data,
plot a curve of the frequency response of the microphone.

c. Oxygen Mask Microphones - Characteristic Sensitivity of Speech (CSS).

(1) Set up and calibrate the Artificial Voice and associated equipment, according to the
manufacturer’s instructions. Equalize the input signal so as to measure 94 dB SPL
(reference: 20 µPa) at the mouth reference point at 6mm from the lip-plane of the

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
97

manikin at the point 6 mm from the mouth opening (the equivalent lip plane) at 0
degrees azimuth and in the plane horizontally bisecting the mouth opening. This
equalization should be done for each third-octave center frequency over the
bandwidth [250 to 6000] Hz.

NOTE: For additional information on the HATS refer to B & K document


BP0521-25 Product Data, Head and Torso Simulator Types 4128-C and
4128-D.

(2) Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set the dc
supply voltage to 8.0 V. Set any microphone amplifier gain control at maximum
gain.

(3) Position the mask on the HATS manikin.

(4) Operate a level recorder in tandem with the sine generator (automatic mode) and run
a frequency response curve, or manually adjust the sine generator to frequencies of
250, 315, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 1600 and 2000 Hz, reading the output in dB on an
audio-frequency voltmeter for each frequency.

(5) Calculate the CSS output in volts per Pascal (94 dB SPL equals 1 Pascal) using the
following formula and coefficients. In the equation, i is a frequency index, Ni is the
RMS voltage measured for a 1 Pascal input at the ith frequency and Ci is a weighting
coefficient.

Ci Ci
C250 0.11 C800 0.11
C315 0.12 C1000 0.07
C400 0.16 C1600 0.04
C630 0.17 C2000 0.01

c. Frequency response for Oxygen Mask Microphone.

(1) Set up and calibrate the Artificial Voice and associated equipment, according to the
manufacturer's instructions. In free field, equalize the bandwidth [250 to 6000] Hz
for 94 dB SPL (reference: 20 µPa) µPa at the opening of the manikin’s mouth.

(2) Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set any
microphone amplifier gain controls at maximum gain.

(3) Position the mask on the HATS manikin.

(4) Operate a level recorder in tandem with the sine generator (automatic mode) and run
a frequency response curve, or manually adjust the sine generator to frequencies of
250, 350, 500, 700, 1000, 1600 and 2000 Hz, reading the output in dB on an audio-

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
98

frequency voltmeter for each frequency. From this data, plot a curve of the
frequency response of the microphone.

+
Integral Amplifier 470 ohm 8-16 VDC
1/2 W 5% Excitation Voltage
(regulated power supply)

+
MIC
25 uF/25VDC To audio frequency
220 ohm voltmeter, level recorder
1/2 W 5% and distortion analyzer

FIGURE 2-4 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE FOR MICROPHONES

NOTE: The circuit shown is one but not the only possible implementation.

2.6.2.2 Deleted

2.6.2.3 Distortion Measurement - Microphones

a. Set up and calibrate the Artificial Voice and associated equipment, according to the
manufacturer's instructions. Set the output frequency at 1000 Hz and the SPL to 114 dB
SPL (reference: 20 µPa) 6 mm in front of the opening.

b. Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set the dc
supply voltage to 8.0 V. Set any microphone amplifier gain control at maximum gain.

c. Position the microphone 6 mm from the opening.

d. Slowly adjust the sine generator from 350 to 6000 Hz and observe on the audio frequency
voltmeter the frequency at which maximum output from the microphone under test occurs.

e. Determine the distortion produced at the frequency of maximum output.

f. Determine the distortion produced at 350, 500, 700, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000,
5000 and 6000 Hz.

g. At the maximum peak in the response curve, increase the SPL by 6 dB.
The output must increase by at least 5 dB.

NOTE: Oxygen Mask Microphones are tested over the frequency range from 250 Hz to
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2000 Hz at specific frequencies prescribed in FIGURE 2-2.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
99

2.6.2.4 Deleted

2.6.2.5 Noise Level

2.6.2.5.1 Variation of Excitation Voltage

a. Place the microphone in an area where the ambient level will be less than 50 dB SPL
(reference: 20 µPa).

b. Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set the dc
supply voltage to 8.0 V. Set any microphone gain control at maximum gain.

c. Observe the output on the audio frequency voltmeter as the dc supply voltage is varied
from 8.0 to 16.0 V.

2.6.2.5.2 Audio Noise without Signal

a. Place the microphone in an area where the ambient level will be less than 50 dB SPL
(reference: 20 µPa).

b. Connect the microphone to the electrical interface shown in FIGURE 2-4. Set the dc
supply voltage to 8.0V. Set any microphone gain control at maximum gain.

c. Observe the output on the audio frequency voltmeter.

2.6.2.6 Deleted

2.6.2.7 Cord/Connector Flexibility Test

a. Connect the cord and/or connector assembly so that at rest, the cord and connector are in
axial alignment.

b. Arrange a dead weight or spring pull on the cord of 0.5 kg ±0.1 kg.

c. Provide a means for electrically detecting loss of continuity of any conductor, or short
circuits between any two conductors. The shield if used is considered a conductor.

d. Rotate the connector fixture such that the connector is rotated 90 degrees each way from
the rest position as defined in a. above. The rate shall not exceed 30 complete flexural
cycles/min. One complete flexural cycle is rest position to +90 degrees through rest to -90
degrees and back to rest position.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
100

2.6.2.8 Cord/Connector Pull-Out

a. Connect the cord and/or connector assembly so that the cord and connector are in axial
alignment.

b. Gradually apply an axial force to the cord such that the force reaches at least:

(1) 5 kg for cords of 4.0 mm diameter or less

(2) 10 kg for cords greater than 4.0 mm diameter

c. Apply the force for one hour, then gradually remove the force and inspect the
cord/connector assembly upon removal from the fixture.

2.6.2.9 Push-to-Talk Switch Life

a. This test is performed on a complete switch assembly which is either integral with, or part
of, a microphone or headset assembly. All testing shall be done on the whole assembly,
including all normally supplied actuators, springs, pivots, waterproofing boots and all other
moving and fixed parts.

b. Operate the switch for a minimum of 100,000 cycles for Type 1 switches and 1,000,000
cycles for Type 2 switches. Each cycle shall be complete providing "make" and "break".
The rate shall not exceed one cycle/sec. The current through each contact shall be 1 Amp
for Type 1 switches and 25 mA for Type 2 switches into a resistive load from a 28 V dc
supply. The number of mechanical and electrical operations of the switch actuating lever
shall be indicated by a reliable counter and a means shall be provided to detect a contact
malfunction at any time during the test.

2.6.2.10 Isolation - Headsets and Handsets

a. This test is performed on a complete headset or handset when either one includes both a
microphone and one or more earphones mounted on the same mechanical assembly. The
test is performed on a complete unit mounted on a fixture to simulate "as used" condition.
The earphone(s) acoustic output shall be mechanically sealed by the test fixture, so as to
minimize the direct acoustic leakage between the earphone(s) and the microphone.
Microphone booms and headbands shall not be restrained from vibration, and shall be
adjusted to their fiftieth percentile length.

b. Input and output signals for this test shall be applied and measured at the headset or handset
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

electrical connector via a mating connector. This test shall include the connector and cable
as normally supplied with the headset or handset. Any reasonable means shall be used to
isolate the input/output signal on the instrumentation side of the mating connector, such as
transformers or isolated grounds circuits.

c. Connect the earphone circuit to a generator having a series resistor with a value in ohms
equal to the rated impedance of the headset or handset under test. Adjust the output of the

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
101

generator at 1000 Hz so that 10 mW is delivered to the earphone circuit. The internal


impedance of the generator shall be less than one tenth of the value of the external resistor.

d. Connect the microphone circuit as shown in FIGURE 2-4, and set the excitation voltage to
16 volts. As in b. above, the microphone circuit shall include the normal supplied headset
or handset cable and connector, and mating connector.

e. Without changing the generator output, apply a frequency sweeping sine wave signal to the
earphone circuit between 350 Hz and 6000 Hz while observing the output of the
microphone circuit. The sweep speed shall not be faster than one octave in five seconds.

f. Repeat step e. above but with the phase of the headset driving signal reversed.

2.6.2.10.1 Absolute Delay

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a. Apply an acoustic carrier signal with an interval between sinc peaks longer than any
possible system delay modulated by a sinc signal with a positive peak to the input and
adjust the carrier and sinc frequency, and their amplitudes to produce an observable
output.

b. The peak of the sinc signal shall be positive on the channel.

2.6.2.11 Microphone Functional Test:

a. Place a loudspeaker close to the microphone.

b. Apply an acoustic signal of 1 kHz from the speaker to the microphone of sufficient level
to be detected clearly by the microphone.

c. Record the microphone output signal to verify no evidence of intermittent or permanent


loss of communication transmission.

2.6.2.12 Listening Test

Apply a typical acoustic signal to the microphone to be tested. This signal should be
representative of the planned input signal (e.g. a voice signal).

a. Connect a specification compliant listening device on output to be tested.

b. Adjust input signal to achieve a comfortable listening level

c. Determine the signal to be adequate for communications.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
102

2.7 Test Procedures -Aircraft Headsets, Handsets and Loudspeakers

2.7.1 Conditions of Test

The following conditions are applicable to equipment tests specified herein.

a. The circuits of the equipment shall be properly aligned and otherwise adjusted for operation
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practices prior to the application of
the specified tests.

b. Impedance matching and coupling components supplied or recommended for use with the
equipment shall be used in all tests requiring such components.

c. Due precautions shall be taken to prevent errors resulting from the improper employment of
test instruments during the conduct of the tests.

d. Unless otherwise specified, all measurements shall be conducted under conditions of


ambient room temperature, pressure, and humidity. However, the ambient room
temperature shall not be less than 10 degrees C.

e. The test procedures set forth herein are satisfactory for use in determining the performance
of aircraft headsets, handsets, and loudspeakers. Test procedures and equipment which
provide equivalent information may be used.

f. The equipment and test procedures defined herein specify the use of sine wave test signals.
There are several alternate methods which are noise-based using post-processing
algorithms on FFT data, derived from random or pseudo-random excitation. Instructions
provided by the manufacturer of noise-based analyzers must be followed carefully in order
to obtain test data equivalent to sine-based testing.

An example of possibly inappropriate analysis is to compare the THD+N figure produced


by a fundamental-suppression analog distribution analyzer with a total distortion figure
produced by a digital distortion analyzer looking only at harmonic energy content.

g. FFT-based analyzers have a low-frequency validity that is the inverse of the length of the
time record of the time-domain signal.

A common mistake is to perform a fine-grained FFT analysis (which produces a high


frequency-resolution) on a time record of a length that provides a significantly coarser true
resolution. The resulting FFT appears normal but is invalid at frequencies less than the
inverse of the time record used in the calculations.

h. In the case of headsets and handsets, the test procedures set forth herein are intended to
establish a similar real-ear response regardless of the headset design. Other widely-used

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
103

and recognized measurement methods may be employed provided correlation is established


between the method described in this standard and the alternate method.

2.7.2 Detailed Test Procedures

The test procedures set forth below constitute a satisfactory method of determining required
performance. Although specific test procedures are cited, it is recognized that other methods
may be preferred. Such alternate methods may be used if the manufacturer can show that they
provide at least equivalent information. Therefore, the procedures cited herein should be used
as one criterion in evaluating the acceptability of the alternate procedures.

2.7.2.1 Sensitivity, Frequency Response and Distortion-Headsets and Handsets

For purposes of qualifying a headset or handset as compliant with the requirements of this
standard, the following measurements shall be made with a fixture that includes an ITU-T P.57
Type 3.3 Artificial Ear that consists of an IEC 60318-4 occluded-ear simulator with an ear
canal extension and simulated pinnae. If the fixture does not include a full head to place a
headband under tension, then alternate means may be used to achieve an earseal compression
equivalent to that occurring on a head with the 152 ± 3 millimeter (6 ± 0.125 inch) breadth of
an ITU-T P.58 head and torso simulator (HATS). In fitting headsets to the ear, earphones shall
be placed around, on or in the ear consistent with typical real-ear use per the manufacturer’s
instructions. Registration marks or jigs may be added to the fixture to ensure repeatable
placement of the headset; alternatively or in addition, measurements may be made five times
(repositioning the headset for each measurement) for each earphone tested and averaged. Any
pinnae produced by the fixture manufacturer may be used; the pinnae used (size, hardness, etc.)
shall be documented along with the measurement results.

Measurements to qualify a headset as compliant with this standard shall not be made on ITU-T
P.57 Type 1, 2, 3.1, 3.2 or 3.4 Artificial Ears, Flat Plate, 2cc or 6cc couplers. These couplers
either measure sound pressure at the ear reference point (ERP) rather than the eardrum
reference point (DRP) or lack a simulated pinna to approximate real-ear use for a range of
earphone types. A headset or handset tested on these other fixtures will produce a different
response than on a Type 3.3 ear, with the difference often being dependent on the design of the
earphone. Allowing a diverse range of fixtures undercuts the purpose of establishing frequency
response and sensitivity requirements. For background on the choice of coupler and the
frequency response requirement refer to Subparagraph 1.3.3.2.

Alternate fixtures and test methods may be used for manufacturing quality conformance
purposes and in field repair stations, as selected or designed by the headset or handset
manufacturer. In such situations repeatability and speed of testing is more important than
emulation of real-ear performance. When such fixtures are used, the headset sample tested for
qualification purposes on the Type 3.3 ear shall also be tested on the manufacturing/service
fixture. The sensitivities and frequency responses measured on each fixture are then averaged
over the headset sample and the difference used to adjust the nominal values in Subparagraphs
(a) and (b) below, to establish the nominal specifications on the manufacturing/service fixture.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
104

a. Sensitivity
(1) Create a noise signal with the “Sensitivity test noise” spectrum shown in the last
column of TABLE 2-2 by either filtering pink noise through a graphic equalizer or
through the filter specified in Column [5] of the table. The third-octave band
spectrum of the noise shall match that in the table to within the tolerance shown in
each band. This noise may be stored digitally for subsequent re-use.

(2) Connect the Artificial Ear to a power supply in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Document when the Artificial Ear was last sensitivity calibrated or,
preferably, calibrate it at the beginning of the measurement session using an
acoustical calibrator in accordance with the ear manufacturer’s instructions. Connect
the source playing the sensitivity test noise through an amplifier capable of driving
the headset.

(3) Place each earphone to be tested on the Artificial Ear such that the distance between
earseals, in the case of circumaural and supra-aural headsets, is as defined in
Subparagraph 2.7.2.1. Connect the headset to the noise source amplifier and adjust to
an output of 1.0 ± 0.1 Vrms or equivalent.

(4) Measure the output of the Artificial Ear’s microphone with an integrating true RMS
voltmeter (or equivalent) in dBV and apply the calibration factor to convert the result
to dB SPL to determine the earphone’s output in dBA SPL, diffuse-field equivalent.
A-weighting need not be applied as it is accounted for in the design of the sensitivity
test noise. Alternatively, the response of the earphone (in dB SPL for 1V input) may
be measured at each frequency shown in the table and the spectrum of the test noise
applied in post-processing by adding the values in the last column of TABLE 2-2,
integrating the energy response across frequency and subtracting 11.9 dB.

Care shall be taken to ensure that background noise in the room where the measurements are
being done has negligible effect on the results. For example, after installing the headset on the
artificial ear, the artificial ear output voltage should be measured with and without the test
signal present. The difference between the two voltages shall be greater than 10 dB. If
necessary, the headset input level may be increased to compensate and the measured result
referenced back to 0 dBV input. If the level is raised, repeat the test with at least one earphone
at a 6 dB lower level to verify linearity.
NOTES:
1. ANSI/ASA S3.5 Table 3.
2. ITU-T P.58 Table 3.
3. ANSI/ASA S1.4.
4. The sensitivity test target is the sum of the speech spectrum minus the HATS
HRTF (the ideal frequency response) plus A-weighting, normalized to 0 dB at 1
kHz.
5. The sensitivity test noise is a smoothed approximation to the sensitivity test target.
This noise is created by filtering pink noise through a filter with two zeros at DC,
two zeros at 3 kHz, a complex pole at 350 Hz with Q=0.8 and a complex pole at
700 Hz with Q=1.0.

©2013 RTCA, Inc. --``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
105

Speech spectrum, HATS Sensitivity Sensitivity


Band Center A-weight
normal effort diff.-field test target test noise
Frequency [3]
[1] HRTF [2] [4] [5]

(dB, (dB,
(dB SPL, (dB SPL,
(Hz) (dB) (dB) Third oct. Third oct.
1 Hz BW) Third oct.)
re: 1 kHz) re: 1 kHz)

160 32.41 48.10 0.0 -13.4 -9.0 -9 ± 1


200 34.48 51.14 0.0 -10.9 -3.5 -6 ± 1
250 34.75 52.38 0.5 -8.6 -0.4 -1 ± 1
315 33.98 52.61 0.5 -6.6 1.8 2±1
400 34.59 54.26 1.0 -4.8 4.8 4±1
500 34.27 54.91 1.5 -3.2 6.5 5±1
630 32.06 53.70 2.0 -1.9 6.1 5±1
800 28.30 50.98 4.0 -0.8 2.5 3±1
1000 25.01 48.66 5.0 0.0 0.0 0
1250 23.00 47.62 6.5 0.6 -2.0 -4 ± 1
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1600 20.15 45.84 8.0 1.0 -4.9 -7 ± 1


2000 17.32 43.98 10.5 1.2 -9.0 -11 ± 1
2500 13.18 40.81 14.0 1.3 -15.6 -13 ± 1
3150 11.55 40.18 12.0 1.2 -14.3 -16 ± 1
4000 9.33 39.00 11.5 1.0 -15.2 -18 ± 1
5000 5.31 35.95 11.0 0.5 -18.3 -19 ± 1
6300 2.59 34.23 8.0 -0.1 -17.6 -20 ± 1
8000 1.13 33.81 6.5 -1.1 -17.5 -21 ± 1

TABLE 2-2 SENSITIVITY TEST NOISE

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
106

b. Frequency Response

(1) Connect the Artificial Ear to a power supply in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.

(2) Place each earphone to be tested on the Artificial Ear such that the distance between
earseals, in the case of circumaural and supra-aural headsets, is as defined in
Subparagraph 2.7.2.1. Connect the headset to a sine wave source or a noise source
(random or periodic, synchronized to the analyzer’s measurement frame) through an
appropriate amplifier. Adjust the output of the source to 1 Vrms. If using a sine
source, measure the level at the headset input and at the Artificial Ear’s microphone
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

output simultaneously for each of the frequencies in the first column of TABLE 2-2
from 315 to 3150 Hz, inclusive. If using a noise source, measure the third-octave
band levels at the headset input and microphone output for each of the bands centered
on those frequencies.

(3) For each frequency/band, compute the ratio in dB of the microphone output to the
headset input to determine the frequency response of the earphone. Subtract the
HATS diffuse-field HRTF in TABLE 2-2 from the frequency response to determine
the diffuse-field equivalent response; the response span is the difference between the
maximum and the minimum value of the diffuse-field equivalent response.

Care shall be taken to ensure that background noise in the room where the
measurements are being done has negligible effect on the measured response. For
example, after installing the headset on the artificial ear, the artificial ear output
voltage should be measured with and without the test signal present. The difference
between the two voltages shall be greater than 10 dB. If necessary, the headset input
level may be increased to compensate. If the level is raised, repeat the test with at
least one earphone at a 6 dB lower level to verify linearity.

c. Distortion

(1) Connect the Artificial Ear to a power supply in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Document when the Artificial Ear was last sensitivity calibrated or,
preferably, calibrate it at the beginning of measurement session using an acoustical
calibrator in accordance with the ear manufacturer’s instructions. Connect a sine
wave source or the source of a distortion analyzer or digital signal analyzer through
an appropriate amplifier.

(2) Place each earphone to be tested on the Artificial Ear such that the distance between
earseals, in the case of circumaural and supra-aural headsets, is as defined in
Subparagraph 2.7.2.1. Connect the headset to the amplifier output. Set the source to
400 Hz. Adjust the source gain to obtain 110 dB SPL output from the Artificial Ear’s
microphone.

(3) Record the distortion reading from the distortion analyzer or digital signal analyzer.
Raise the audio generator frequency to 1000 Hz without changing the gain control
and record the distortion reading. Adjust the gain control to reduce the signal

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
107

generator output by 8 dB and raise the frequency to 3000 Hz. Record the distortion
reading.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
108

STANDARD ANALOG TEST SETUP

MANUFACTURERS ENCLOSURE CONDENSER MICROPHONE


OR BAFFLE AND PREAMPLIFIER

AUDIO 1 METER
SIGNAL
GENERATOR

MIC
POWER
POWER
AMPLIFIER
SUPPLY

AC
VOLTMETER
#1
TEST CHAMBER
LOUDSPEAKER
UNDER TEST SOUND LEVEL METER MAY
BE USED IN PLACE OF MIC
AND POWER SUPPLY

AC GRAPHIC
VOLTMETER DISTORTION LEVEL
#2 ANALYZER RECORDER
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SEE NOTE 2

ALTERNATIVE INTEGRATED
MEASUREMENT TEST SETUP

MANUFACTURERS ENCLOSURE CONDENSER MICROPHONE


OR BAFFLE AND PREAMPLIFIER

1 METER
PRINTER/
PLOTTER

DIGITAL MIC
POWER
SIGNAL POWER
AMPLIFIER
ANALYZER SUPPLY

AC
VOLTMETER
#1
TEST CHAMBER

SOUND LEVEL METER MAY


BE USED IN PLACE OF MIC
AND POWER SUPPLY

NOTES:
1. Equipment List in Paragraph 2.1.9.
2. All-In-One test stations may be used instead of the individual test equipment.

FIGURE 2-5 LOUDSPEAKER SENSITIVITY, FREQUENCY RESPONSE


DISTORTION AND POWER HANDLING RATING TEST CIRCUIT

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
109

2.7.2.2 Sensitivity, Frequency Response and Distortion - Loudspeakers

a. Sensitivity4

(1) Calibrate the system shown in FIGURE 2-5.

(2) Assemble loudspeaker in manufacturer's enclosure or baffle shown in FIGURE 2-5.

(3) Connect loudspeaker as shown in FIGURE 2-5, apply one watt of power to the
loudspeaker terminals at 1000 Hz. Record the sensitivity of the loudspeaker at 1000
Hz from VM #2. A sound level meter may be used in place of the condenser
microphone if readings can be obtained without causing sound reflections.

b. Frequency Response

(1) Use the same calibration and set-up described in sensitivity procedure. Apply the
manufacturer’s rated input sensitivity of power across loudspeaker terminals at 1000
Hz.

(2) Sweep the level recorder in tandem with the audio signal generator and run a
frequency response curve; or manually adjust the audio signal generator to
frequencies of 350, 500, 700, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000 and 6000 Hz and record
the output of the loudspeaker by reading VM #2 or sound level meter reading. From
this data, plot a curve of the frequency response of the loudspeaker.

c. Distortion

Use the same calibration and set-up described in sensitivity procedure. Set the audio signal
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

generator to 1 kHz. Adjust the gain control to obtain the manufacturer's continuous power
rating at the loudspeaker terminals [Power = V2 (loudspeaker impedance) determined in
Subparagraph 2.3.4.2]. Record the reading from the Distortion Analyzer. Repeat for 350,
500, 700, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000 and 6000 Hz, or use a tracking analyzer over this range.

Care shall be taken to ensure that background noise in the room where the measurements
are being done has negligible effect on the measured response.

2.7.2.3 Acoustic Quality

A constant voltage having an RMS value to provide 60 percent of power handling rating shall
be applied to the loudspeaker terminals or 10 mW to each headset earphone, and the frequency
shall be varied continuously from 350 through 6000 Hz and back to 350 Hz.

4
This test should be conducted in the anechoic room or an area free of external noise
and reflected sound.
©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
110

2.7.2.4 Absolute Delay

Applicable only to equipment with active circuitry.

a. Apply an acoustic carrier signal modulated by a sinc signal with a positive peak to the input
and adjust the carrier and sinc frequency, and their amplitudes to produce an observable
output.

b. The peak of the sinc signal shall be positive on the channel.

2.7.3 Headset Attenuation Measurement

2.7.3.1 Trained Subject Acoustic Performance Test

The noise reduction of passive headsets shall be preferably tested using the trained-subject
method in ANSI/ASA S12.6, though if the Environmental Protection Agency’s NRR rule (40
CFR Part 211 Subpart B) in effect at the time of the test references ANSI/ASA S3.19, that
method shall be used instead. If ANSI/ASA S3.19 experimenter-supervised fit method is used,
the attenuation data for each subject shall be derated by 25% (for circumaural and supra-aural
headsets) and 50% (ear-insert headsets) prior to computing the ratings.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The noise reduction of ANR headsets shall be measured using the trained-subject method of
ANSI/ASA S12.6 with ANR off for the passive attenuation and using the continuous noise
methods of ANSI/ASA S12.42 for the active (ANR) contribution to attenuation. The passive
and ANR data are combined to determine the total (ANR on) attenuation in accordance with the
data analysis provisions of ANSI/ASA S12.42 (clause 9.6.3).

ANSI/ASA S12.42 measures ANR performance using pink noise. Headsets that incorporate
ANR that adapts to the noise, changing its attenuation response, may in addition be tested in
noise that simulates the intended aircraft type(s) in which it is meant to be used (e.g., a
recording). Total attenuation using ANR performance measured in aircraft noise simulations
may be reported in addition to, not in place of, performance measured in pink noise. The
aircraft noise used will be stated along with the rating.

2.7.3.2 Passive and Active Attenuation Functional Test

The test as described in the previous subsection above evaluates headset attenuation
performance using the real human ear and involves statistics to provide data which represents
the average performance that the headset is capable of.

In addition to this, a simple functional test with high repeatability is needed in order to detect
any changes in attenuation performance that may occur due to the influence of the
environmental tests in Subsection 2.5.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
111

The manufacturer shall choose and document the test setup, coupler and test signals to evaluate
headset attenuation performance with maximum repeatability and stability of the measured
values.

The manufacturer shall record the spectra measured at the coupler with the headset, and without
headset mounted but the ANR turned off and with the ANR turned on. From these
measurements, the passive and active attenuation of the headset shall be calculated and
graphically shown as a frequency response.

2.7.3.3 ANR Headset Operation and Stability

a) Wearing test, marginal fit conditions

Marginal fit conditions occur when the headset is worn in a way that it is not sitting on the
user’s head as intended by its design. This can either introduce leakage into the earcups or
the earcups are pressed too tightly to the user’s head.

During this test, the headset shall be worn by the tester with the ANR turned on. The tester
shall introduce leakage of varying size to each of the earcups and monitor the headset for
unwanted noise and/or oscillations. This procedure shall be repeated with the earcups
pressed tightly to the tester’s ears.

b) Test setup for environmental tests

The following setup shall be used for the environmental tests in Subsection 2.5 if
applicable:

The headset shall be sealed to a coupler selected by the manufacturer to approximate a real-
ear acoustical condition presented to each earphone and which includes microphones to
monitor sounds emitted by each earphone. The coupler and headset shall be placed inside
an environmental chamber, connected to a nominal power source located outside of the
chamber and the headset audio input connected to a pink noise source. With the
environmental chamber operating the source level shall be adjusted so that the A-weighted
level at the microphone is at least 10 dB above the level measured with the pink noise
source turned off.

The environmental chamber shall then be adjusted to the test conditions in accordance with
the appropriate paragraph in Paragraph 2.5. The headset and coupler shall dwell at each
condition for thirty minutes with ANR operating. During this time, the noise source shall
be turned on and off and the level at the coupler microphones monitored to verify that the
headset is operating. With the headset operating and the noise source turned off, the signal
from the microphones shall be monitored by ear or by a spectrum analyzer for the existence
of tones that may indicate that the ANR system is oscillating. If tones are detected, the
headset shall be powered on and off to confirm that they exist only when ANR is operating
and the chamber shall be cycled on and off to verify that noise or vibration from the
chamber is not the cause.

No tones indicative of oscillation shall be detected under these conditions.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
112

2.7.3.4 Absolute Delay

a. Apply a carrier signal modulated by a sinc signal with an interval between sinc peaks
longer than any possible system delay with a positive peak to the input and adjust the
carrier and sinc frequency, and their amplitudes to produce an observable acoustic output.

b. The peak of the sinc signal shall be positive on the channel.

2.7.3.5 Audio Noise Without Signal

a. Place the equipment under test in an area where the ambient level is at least 10 dBA less

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
than the applicable requirement, Paragraph 2.3.16 (Audio Noise Without Signal),
Paragraph 2.5.10 (Induced Signal Susceptibility) or 2.5.11 (RF Radiated and Conducted
Susceptibility)

b. Connect the equipment to a specification-compliant source impedance. Set any volume


control at maximum gain. The measurement shall be done with no input signal applied to
the headset under test.

c. If the headset has two earcups / earpieces, both shall be measured.

d. Observe the output using an appropriate calibrated Artificial Ear. For the testing of audio
noise without signal (Paragraph 2.3.16) a HATS shall be used as described in
Subparagraph 2.7.2.1. For the testing of induced, radiated or conducted susceptibility
(Paragraphs 2.5.10 and 2.5.11) an Artificial Ear chosen or fabricated by the manufacturer
may be used.

Artificial Ears used for testing RF susceptibility shall be made of a solid, non-conductive
material such as ABS or styrofoam and be fitted with fiber optic microphones to
minimize detection of RF modulations by the Ear itself. Before use, the Ear shall have
been qualified for RF susceptibility testing by placing it in an RF chamber and
conducting the Steady State test described in Paragraph 2.5.11 with no headset mounted
on the Ear. The level of the recovered modulation with no headset present shall be less
than 50 dBA. This qualification need only be performed once for each Ear; it shall be
repeated if the microphone or any active or metallic components of the ear are replaced
or substantially changed.

e. The Artificial Ear shall be calibrated in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction if it is


a commercially available item. If fabricated by the manufacturer, the microphone in the
Ear shall be calibrated prior to performing any test by first performing the sensitivity test
of Subparagraph 2.3.3.1 (on a HATS) using the procedure of Subparagraph 2.7.2.1a on a
sample of three headsets. The same headsets shall then be placed on the Artificial Ear
and the test signal used in Subparagraph 2.7.2.1a applied to the input. The output of the
Artificial Ear shall be measured with a true RMS voltmeter and a calibration factor
determined to convert the output to the values measured on the HATS. This calibration
factor shall be applied to the microphone outputs during the susceptibility test to convert
them to dBA.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
113

2.7.3.6 Listening Test

Connect a typical signal to the audio input to be tested. This signal should be representative
of the planned input signal(s). (e.g. a Voice Signal)

a. Connect a specification compliant listening device on the output to be tested.

b. Adjust the signal source to achieve a comfortable listening level

c. Determine the signal to be adequate for communications.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
114

135

165
22.5 15

A
35° BAFFLE SHOULD BE MADE WITH A PLANE FRONT SURFACE WHICH

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
IS ACOUSTICALLY REFLECTING; IT SHOULD BE OF A SUITABLE
RIGID MATERIAL WITH A HIGH INTERNAL DAMPING AND OF
ADEQUATE THICKNESS TO ENSURE NEGLIGIBLE VIBRATION. THE
CONE RIM SHOULD BE SUBSTANTIALLY FLUSH WITH THE FRONT
SURFACE OF THE BAFFLE AND CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVOID
A RESONANT CAVITY BEHIND THE RIM. THE THICKNESS OF THE
BAFFLE IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF THE RIM SHOULD BE KEPT AS
SMALL AS POSSIBLE AND NOT GREATER THAN ONE TENTH OF THE
LOUDSPEAKER NOMINAL DIAMETER, OR IN THE CASE OF AN
ELIPTICAL LOUDSPEAKER, ONE TENTH OF THE NOMINAL MINOR
AXIS.

NOTE: Units shown in centimeters.

FIGURE 2-6 STANDARD BAFFLE

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
115

2.8 Test Procedures -Audio System

2.8.1 Conditions of Test

The following conditions are applicable to equipment tests specified herein:

a. The circuits of the equipment shall be properly aligned and otherwise adjusted in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practices prior to the application of the
specified tests.

b. Impedance matching and coupling components supplied or recommended for use with the
equipment shall be used in all tests requiring such components.

c. Due precautions shall be taken to prevent errors resulting from the improper employment of
test cables and instruments during the conduct of the tests.

d. Unless otherwise specified, all measurements shall be conducted under conditions of


ambient room temperature, pressure and humidity. However, the ambient room
temperature shall not be less than 10 degrees C. Nominal supply voltage shall be used.

e. The test procedures set forth herein are satisfactory for use in determining the performance
of aircraft audio and interphone amplifiers. Test procedures and equipment which provide
equivalent information may be used. Analysis may be used when appropriate.

f. For channels designated for radio received audio operation exclusively, the frequency range
can be restricted to include 300 to 3000 Hz instead of 300 to 6000 Hz.

g. All test frequencies can be moved +2 percent to eliminate sampled systems problems.

h. The test procedures within this document are designed to test systems with analog inputs
and analog outputs. For systems with digital audio interfaces, analog-to-digital and/or
digital-to-analog conversions will be required. Such interfaces should match the
performance characteristics of the end systems.

i. For tests requiring frequency sweeps, the sweep rate shall not be faster than one octave in
five seconds.

2.8.2 Detailed Test Procedures

The test procedures set forth below constitute satisfactory methods of determining required
performance. Although specific test procedures are cited, it is recognized that these procedures
will not apply to all systems and that other methods may be preferred or required. Such
alternate methods may be used if the manufacturer can show that they provide equivalent
applicable information. Therefore, the procedures cited herein should be used as one criterion
in evaluating the acceptability of the alternate procedures.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
116

Unless otherwise stated in the test, the system shall be configured as shown in FIGURE 2-7 and
the controls shall be set as follows: If the system has level controls, the controls shall be set so
that the manufacturer’s input power level will produce the manufacturer’s output power level.
Set any tone controls to the "flat" position. Terminate all unused terminations with the
manufacturer’s recommended source/load impedances.

NOTE: Definitions relative to these tests are provided in Subsection 1.9.

2.8.2.1 Rated Output Power

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the desired system input and adjust the system input to produce
the rated output power (without clipping).

b. Determine that rated output power is obtained with a drive level within the manufacturer's
specified limits.

c. Apply a 300 Hz tone to the desired system input and adjust the system input to produce no
less than one half (3 dB down) the rated output power (without clipping).

d. Determine that this output is obtained with a drive level within the manufacturer's specified
limits.

e. Apply a 6000 Hz tone to the desired system input and adjust the system input to produce no
less than one half (3 dB down) the rated output power (without clipping).

f. Determine that this output is obtained with a drive level within the manufacturer's specified
limits.

g. Repeat steps a through f for all dissimilar inputs/outputs where applicable.

2.8.2.2 Audio Frequency Characteristics

At no time during this test shall the system be in an output limiting state. If limiting occurs,
drop the input level below limiting and repeat the test. The test frequency sweep rate shall be
limited to ensure that high Q system responses will not be missed.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
117

HI HI
INPUT 1 OUTPUT 1
SIGNAL LO LO MEASUREMENT
SOURCE INSTRUMENT(S)
HI HI
INPUT 2 OUTPUT 2
LO LO

SIMULATED EQUIPMENT SIMULATED


SOURCE UNDER LOAD
IMPEDANCE TEST IMPEDANCE

HI HI
INPUT n OUTPUT n
LO LO

+ -

POWER
SUPPLY

FIGURE 2-7 GENERIC INPUT/OUTPUT DIAGRAM FOR TEST PROCEDURES

2.8.2.2.1 Audio Frequency Response

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the desired system input and adjust the system output level to
produce 3 dB below rated output power.

b. Maintain this input level constant and vary the frequency through the test frequency
range and determine record the maximum and minimum output levels and the frequencies
at which they occur. Simultaneously, use an oscilloscope connected to the system output
to ensure there are no parasitic oscillations during the sweep.

c. Calculate the dB difference between the two levels.

d. Reduce the input level to produce 10 percent of the manufacturer's rated output power
and repeat b and c.

e. Repeat steps a through c for all dissimilar inputs/outputs where applicable.

2.8.2.2.2 Spurious Responses


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the desired system input and adjust the system output level to
produce 3 dB below rated output power.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
118

b. Maintain the input level constant and vary the frequency from 50 to 18000 Hz. or
sampled data systems the response shall be taken to 1.1 times the sampling frequency or
18000 Hz, whichever is greater. The amplitude of the test tone can be conditioned to
match the expected input. If pre- conditioning is required to pass this test, these inputs
must be appropriately designated by the manufacturer.

c. Check the levels of any responses over the frequency range given in b.

d. Reduce the input level to produce 10 percent of the manufacturer's rated output power
and repeat b and c.

e. Repeat steps a through d for all dissimilar inputs/outputs where applicable.

2.8.2.3 Distortion Characteristics

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the system input and adjust the system input level to produce rated
output power and measure the THD + N.

b. Change the output level to 10 percent of the manufacturer's rated output power and measure
the THD + N.

c. Apply a 300 Hz tone to the system input and adjust the system input level to produce 3dB
below rated output power and measure the THD + N.

d. Repeat step b.

e. Apply a 6000 Hz tone to the system input and adjust the system input level to produce 3 dB
below the rated output power and measure the level of the THD + N.

f. Repeat step b.

g. Repeat steps a through f for all dissimilar inputs/outputs, where applicable.

2.8.2.4 Impedance Characteristics

2.8.2.4.1 Input Impedance

a. Apply a 1000 Hz signal to the transformer as shown in FIGURE 2-8.

b. The unknown impedance is that of the input port to be tested (ZX).

c. Adjust the 1000 Hz tone to the manufacturer's recommended input level.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

d. Vary the value of the variable resistor until V1 and V2 are equal in voltage level.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
119

e. Measure the resistance of the variable resistor which will be equal to the magnitude of the
input impedance.

f. Measure the voltage V3 Then:

Ɵ (in degrees) = 2 x arc sin V3/Vl

g. Repeat for 300 Hz and 6000 Hz.

h. Repeat for each dissimilar input.

2.8.2.4.2 Output Impedance

a. Adjust all of the controls to their minimum setting. This should force the channel under
test output voltage to zero volts.

b. Apply a 1000 Hz tone source to the system output through a series resistor whose value is
close to the expected system output impedance.

c. Determine the voltage (Vg) on the source (generator) side of the external resistor and the
voltage (Vs) on the system side and calculate the system output impedance using the
formula below.

Mag Zout = Rext/((Vg/Vs)-1)

d. Repeat for 300 Hz and 6000 Hz.

e. Repeat for all outputs where applicable.

f. For outputs that drive multiple inputs, remove the system power. Change the external
source resistor to 250 ohms.

g. Repeat steps b through d.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
120

SINE WAVE

600/600 OHM
REPEATING COIL
+/- 1 dB 20 Hz-20 kHz

V3
V1 V2

AC
ELECTRONIC
VOLTMETER

ZX

UNKNOWN R
IMPEDANCE

FIGURE 2-8 INPUT IMPEDANCE TEST SETUP

NOTE: The ground return symbol shown in the figure above is representative of the signal
return path as defined within the manufacturer’s design specification.

2.8.2.5 Volume Controls

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to an input.

b. Place all volume controls at their maximum volume position.

c. Adjust input level to achieve manufacturer's rated power output.

d. Set the volume control to achieve 90 percent of manufacturer's rated power output.
Measure THD + N.

e. Adjust the volume control to maximum and the input level to minimum. Connect a
listening device to the appropriate output. Set the input level to achieve a comfortable
listening volume.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
121

f. Vary the volume control for the corresponding input channel slowly from maximum to
minimum and back to maximum while monitoring the output. Note any sudden changes in
volume that are not within the manufacturer's design specification limits.

g. Set the volume control for the input to approximately its middle position.

h. Remove power from the EUT, wait at least 30 seconds, and reconnect power to the EUT.
Note any sudden or momentary change in the 1000 Hz tone volume level above that set on
the control. For a system that returns to a predetermined level, establish that the volume is
at that pre-determined level.

i. Repeat steps a through g for all volume controls.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.8.2.6 Output Regulation

a. Connect a 1000 Hz tone to an audio input.

b. Adjust input level to achieve manufacturer's rated output level on a corresponding output.

c. Vary the output load from 0.75 to 4.0 times the rated load. Take level and THD + N
distortion readings at the extremes.

d. Repeat steps a through c for each dissimilar output.

2.8.2.7 Crosstalk

These test procedures measure crosstalk (undesired leakage) from an input connection to other
input or output connections in an audio system. The audio system under test may comprise one
or more interconnected functional units contained in one or more interconnected physical units,
not necessarily in a single enclosure. In each case, a known signal is applied to an input and a
voltmeter is used to detect the leakage at the specified connection. A low-pass filter with a
cut-off frequency no less than three times the system bandwidth may be used with the
voltmeter.

In Subparagraphs 2.8.2.7.1, 2.8.2.7.2 and 2.8.2.7.3 the leakage or crosstalk is expressed in


decibels as dB = 20 log (Vcrosstalk/Vref). In Subparagraphs 2.8.2.7.1 and 2.8.2.7.3, Vref is
defined as the rated output for input-to-output crosstalk testing and as the rated input of the
measured input for input-to-input crosstalk testing. In Subparagraph 2.8.2.7.4 the crosstalk is
expressed directly in volts. Refer to FIGURE 2-9 for the general crosstalk diagram.

All inputs and outputs shall be terminated with the manufacturer's recommended load or the
loads specified in Subsection 1.5.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
122

Input Signal to Bus C

X L

Desirable Output

Undesirable Output

Undesirable Output
Station or at Simulated Mic Level
ASP/AMU

M User Inaccessable (Ex: Aircraft Cabling)


Comms Buses may be or Internal Connection (Ex: Plug-In Card)
Internal or External (if units are physically separated, the lines
S between them are considered Inputs/Outputs

Undesirable Output

Undesirable Output from B Caused by X

Multiple Stations or ASP's or AMU's


Station or may or may not be in one enclosure.
ASP/AMU
C
B
A
SIGNAL LEAKAGE PATHS:
Communication
Buses (3 shown) X Input-to-Input Crosstalk M Input-to-Microphone Output Crosstalk

L Input-to-Output Crosstalk S Station-to-Station Crosstalk

FIGURE 2-9 CROSSTALK DIAGRAM


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2.8.2.7.1 Input-to-Output Crosstalk and Bleed-Through Levels

a. Apply a 6000 Hz sine wave signal to one input at the manufacture's maximum
recommended input voltage.

b. Select one output channel and set the volume control for that channel so that the output is
at 3 dB below the manufacturer's rated output power.

NOTE: If there are no volume controls, then the input signal may be adjusted to set the
required output.

c. For applicable crosstalk tests, deselect all other output channels and set their respective
user-accessible volume controls to maximum.

d. Measure the crosstalk voltage at each deselected audio output.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
123

e. For applicable bleed-through tests, deselect the active channel input and measure the
bleed-through voltage on the active channel output.

f. Repeat steps b through e using a 300 Hz sine wave signal.

g. Repeat steps a through f for each input level and output combination.

2.8.2.7.2 Input to Input Crosstalk

a. Set all user-accessible volume controls to minimum setting or deselect all of the system
outputs.

b. Apply a 6000 Hz sine wave signal to one input at the manufacturer's maximum
recommended input voltage.

c. Measure the crosstalk voltage at another audio input.

d. Repeat steps b and c using a 300 Hz sine wave signal.

2.8.2.7.3 Station-to-Station Crosstalk


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

If necessary, repeat Subparagraph 2.8.2.7.1 with the inclusion of all station-to-station outputs.

2.8.2.7.4 Input-to-Microphone Output Crosstalk

a. Set all user-accessible volume controls to minimum setting.

b. Apply a 6000 Hz sine wave signal to one input at the manufacturer's maximum
recommended input voltage.

c. Select one high-level output channel and set the volume control for that channel so that
the output is at 3 dB below the manufacturer's rated output power.

NOTE: If there are no volume controls, the input signal may be adjusted to set the
required output.

NOTE: This test is intended to determine crosstalk from an input to a microphone


emulation output of the equipment while a high level output of the equipment
is driving its rated load. The high level output mentioned refers to an output of
the equipment such as the headphone or speaker output; or the closest available
equivalent type of output (if available) as determined by the equipment
manufacturer.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
124

d. Deselect all other output channels and set their respective user-accessible volume
controls to minimum.

e. Measure the crosstalk voltage at the simulated microphone-level output connection.

f. Repeat steps b through e using a 300 Hz sine wave signal.

g. Repeat steps a through f for each input and high-level output combination.

2.8.2.8 Amplifiers with Compression

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the amplifier input and slowly increase the input level from 0V to
the rated input level.

b. Plot the output level versus the input level.

c. Repeat for all inputs/outputs where applicable.

NOTE: The input level can be plotted continuously or using a discrete number of
amplitude measurement points sufficient to characterize the performance of the
compressor as determined by the equipment manufacturer.

2.8.2.9 Stability and Short Circuit

With a 300 Hz tone applied to the input of the channel to be tested, adjust the input level to
obtain 3 dB below manufacturer's rated output power. The channel shall remain stable and
without parasitic oscillations and shall not fail under the following conditions:

a. Load the channel with Z = R (R = Manufacturer’s recommended load impedance). For


interphone channels only, add a 0.01 pF capacitor from the channel input to the output.
Cycle power off the amplifier circuits for one second; re-apply the power. Remove any
capacitor attached previously.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

b. Load the channel with Z = 0.lR-jR. Cycle power off, for one second, and on again.

c. With the load in Subparagraph b still applied, momentarily short the channel output.

d. Load the channel with Z = 0.lR+jR. Cycle the channel power off, for one second, and on
again.

e. With the load in Subparagraph d still applied, momentarily short the channel output.

f. Open the channel output; cycle the channel power off, for one second, and on again.

g. With the output still opened, momentarily short the channel output.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
125

h. Repeat steps a through g at 6000 Hz.

i. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the input of the channel to be tested. Adjust the input to produce
the manufacturer's rated output level. Short the channel output for a 30 minute time period.

2.8.2.10 Intermodulation Distortion

a. Apply a 300 Hz tone to the input of the channel to be tested. Do this through a summing
network with adequate isolation to prevent generator interaction. Adjust the input level to
achieve 25 percent of the manufacturer's rated power output. Disconnect this input until
step c.

b. Apply a 5000 Hz tone (2500 Hz for received audio) to the other summing network input.
Adjust the input level to achieve 25 percent of the manufacturer's rated power output.

c. The two input signals and apply the resultant sum to the channel to be tested (the peak
voltage should be equal to the peak voltage of a 1000 Hz single tone output when the
channel is adjusted to the manufacturer's rated power output).

d. Measure the level of the intermodulation tones. These tones will occur at 300 Hz intervals
on both sides of the high frequency tone.

e. Reduce the input level of the two equal tones 20 dB and repeat the test.

f. Repeat this test for dissimilar inputs and outputs.

g. Repeat this test using 4970 and 5000 Hz tones (2470 and 2500 Hz for received audio). The
intermodulation products will now appear at 30 Hz intervals on both sides of the test tones.

2.8.2.11 Noise

2.8.2.11.1 Audio Noise Without Signal

a. Load the input with the manufacturer's recommended source impedance.

b. Measure the true RMS audio output noise level. The output noise may be measured after
filtering by a low-pass filter with a cut-off frequency no less than three times the system
bandwidth.

2.8.2.11.2 Signal Plus Noise Degradation

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to the system input and adjust the input level to produce 10 percent
of rated output power.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
126

b. Add pink noise to the input signal until the resultant input RMS signal-plus-noise-to-
noise ratio is 10 dB +/- 1 dB.

c. Measure the audio output signal plus noise to noise level. The output noise may be
measured after filtering by a low-pass filter with a cut-off frequency no less than three
times the system bandwidth.

NOTE: Due to the random nature of noise, it is acceptable to take an average of the
noise measurement in order to obtain a stable measurement.

2.8.2.12 System Polarity

a. Apply a 300 Hz asymmetrical square wave to a system input (10 percent positive duty
cycle) to produce an observable output.

b. The 10 percent positive portion of the square wave shall be positive going on the channel
output.

c. Repeat the test for all dissimilar inputs/outputs. Delays

Alternate Procedure

a. Apply a sinc signal with an interval between sinc peaks longer than any possible system
delay to a system input and adjust the sinc frequency and amplitude to produce an
observable output.

b. Measure the time difference between the input and output peaks.

c. Repeat for dissimilar input/output combinations.

2.8.2.13 Delays

2.8.2.13.1 Absolute Delay

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone 70 percent amplitude modulated with a 50 Hz tone to the system
input.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

b. Measure the time difference between the input and output modulation peaks.

c. Repeat for dissimilar input/output combinations.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
127

Alternate Procedure

a. Apply a sinc signal with an interval between sinc peaks longer than any possible system
delay to a system input and adjust the sinc frequency and amplitude to produce an
observable output.

b. Measure the time difference between the input and output peaks.

c. Repeat the test for dissimilar inputs/output combinations.

2.8.2.13.2 Differential Delay

a. Configure the system for maximum differential delay between inputs that can be
summed, can have a common source, and be supplied with monotonal signals. Apply a
1000 Hz tone to a system input and adjust the input level to produce 6 dB below rated
output power.

b. Apply the same input signal to a second system input such that the first and second inputs
are combined. The second input must be chosen carefully based on system architecture
and intended system application. Similar inputs that are multiplexed should have the test
inputs chosen with maximum multiplexer time separation.

c. Ensure that the output level increases and does not decrease when the second input is
applied.

d. Slowly sweep the input frequency down to 300 Hz and up to 6000 Hz and observe that
the output level does not decrease by more than 9 dB below the summed output voltage at
1000 Hz.

e. Repeat steps a through d for all dissimilar input combinations.

2.8.2.13.3 Push-to-Talk (PTT) Delay

a. Apply a 0.1 Hz square wave signal from an open/ground signal source to the PTT input
of the equipment while monitoring the PTT input signal with an oscilloscope.

b. Monitor the PTT output of the equipment with a second channel of the oscilloscope and
measure the time difference between the PTT input and PTT output signals.

c. Repeat for dissimilar input/output combinations.

2.8.2.14 Overdrive
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
128

2.8.2.14.1 Input Overdrive

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to one audio input. Adjust the input level to achieve the
manufacturer's rated power output on one of the outputs.

b. Increase the input level by 6 dB or by a sufficient amount to insure input overdrive.

c. Visually inspect the system output on an oscilloscope and ensure that it does not exhibit
any distortion that cannot be attributed to normal system limiting behavior, such as
clipping.

d. Repeat steps a through c for all dissimilar circuits.

2.8.2.14.2 Output Overdrive

a. Apply a 1000 Hz tone to all audio inputs that can be summed to a common output. Adjust
all of the inputs to their maximum specified level (if the input test equipment cannot
supply such levels to all audio inputs simultaneously, reduce the number of audio inputs
driven to a minimum of two).

b. Visually inspect all system outputs on an oscilloscope and ensure that they do not exhibit
any distortion that cannot be attributed to normal system limiting behavior (such as
clipping).

c. Adjust all but one of the volume controls to their minimum.

d. The outputs should revert to being a duplicate of the input. All clipping distortion should
disappear.

2.8.2.14.3 Transient Recovery

a. Apply a single 5 Hz square wave (zero volts minimum value) at a voltage magnitude
equal to three times the RMS voltage required for a 1000 Hz tone to drive the channel to
the manufacturer's rated output power. Sum with this square wave a 3000 Hz tone at a
level that is 20 dB below the 1000 Hz tone.

b. With a scope observe the time required for the 3000 Hz tone to return to 90 percent of its
final level after the trailing edge of the square wave.

2.8.2.15 Listening Test

Connect a typical signal to the audio input to be tested. This signal should be representative
of the planned input signal(s).

d. Connect a specification compliant listening device on output to be tested.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
129

e. Adjust EUT to achieve a comfortable listening level

f. Determine the signal to be adequate for communications.

g. Repeat the test for all dissimilar channels.

3.0 INSTALLED EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE

This section states the minimum acceptable level of performance for the equipment when
installed in the aircraft. For the most part, installed performance requirements are the same as
those contained in Section 2.0, which were verified through bench and environmental tests.
However, certain requirements may be affected by the physical installation (e.g., antenna
patterns, receiver sensitivity, etc.) and can only be verified after installation. The installed
performance limits stated below take into consideration these situations.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.1 Equipment Installation

3.1.1 Accessibility

Controls and monitors provided for in-flight operation shall be readily accessible from the
pilot's normal seated position. The appropriate operator/crew member(s) shall have an
unobstructed view of displayed data when in the normal seated position.

3.1.2 Aircraft Environment

Equipment shall be compatible with the environmental conditions present in the specific
location in the aircraft where the equipment is installed.

3.1.3 Display Visibility

Display intensity shall be suitable for data interpretation under all cockpit ambient light
conditions ranging from total darkness to reflected sunlight.

NOTE: Visors glare-shields or filters may be an acceptable means of obtaining daylight


visibility.

3.1.4 Dynamic Response

Operation of the equipment shall not be adversely affected by aircraft maneuvering or changes
in attitude encountered in normal flight operations.

3.1.5 Failure Protection

Any probable failure of the equipment shall not degrade the minimal operation of equipment or
systems connected to it. Likewise, the failure of interfaced equipment or systems shall not
degrade normal operation of this equipment.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
130

3.1.6 Interference Effects

The equipment shall not be the source of harmful conducted or radiated interference nor be
adversely affected by conducted or radiated interference from other equipment or systems
installed in the aircraft.

NOTE: Electro-magnetic compatibility problems noted after installation of this equipment may
result from such factors as the design characteristics of previously installed systems
or equipment and the physical installation itself. It is not intended that the equipment
manufacturer design for all installation environments. The installing facility will be
responsible for resolving any incompatibility between this equipment and previously
installed equipment in the aircraft. The various factors contributing to the
incompatibility shall be considered.

3.1.7 Inadvertent Turnoff

Appropriate protection shall be provided to avert the inadvertent turnoff of the equipment.

3.1.8 Aircraft Power Source

Connect the equipment to the aircraft power source(s) and assure the equipment will perform its
intended function(s) in the operational environment.

NOTE: Batteries that are designed integral to devices with active circuitry and not accessible
to the user or installer shall be subjected to the test conditions specified in
RTCA/DO-227. Batteries that are replaceable by the user have no qualification and
must be used in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.2 Installed Equipment Performance Requirements

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Verify that the installed equipment has met the requirements of Subsections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
and 2.5. The perceived quality and level of headset output signals shall not be degraded with
any allowed number of headsets connected to the system. The perceived quality and level of
microphone output signals shall not be degraded with any allowed number of microphones
simultaneously keyed on.

3.3 Conditions of Test

The following Subparagraphs define conditions under which tests, specified in Paragraph 3.4,
shall be conducted.

3.3.1 Power Input

Tests shall be conducted with the equipment powered by the aircraft's electrical power
generating system.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
131

3.3.2 Associated Equipment or Systems

All electrically operated aircraft equipment and systems shall be turned on before conducting
interference tests.

3.3.3 Environment

During tests, the equipment shall not be subjected to environmental conditions that exceed
those specified by the equipment.

3.3.4 Adjustment of Equipment

Circuits of the equipment under test shall be properly aligned and otherwise adjusted in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practices prior to application of the specified
tests.

3.3.5 Warm-up Period

Unless otherwise specified, tests shall be conducted after a warm-up (stabilization) period of
not more than fifteen minutes.

3.4 Test Procedures for Installed Equipment Performance

The following test procedures provide one means of determining installed equipment
performance. Although specific test procedures are cited, it is recognized that other methods
may be preferred by the installing activity. These alternate procedures may be used if they
provide at least equivalent information. In such cases, the procedures cited herein should be
used as one criterion in evaluating the acceptability of the alternate procedures. The equipment
shall be tested to demonstrate compliance with the minimum requirements stated in Subsections
2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5. In order to meet this requirement, test results supplied by the equipment
manufacturer or other proof of conformity may be accepted in lieu of bench tests performed by
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

the installing activity.

3.4.1 Ground Test Procedures

3.4.1.1 Conformity Inspection

Visually inspect the installed equipment to determine the use of acceptable workmanship and
engineering practices. Verify that proper mechanical and electrical connections have been
made and that the equipment has been located and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
132

3.4.1.2 Equipment Function

Vary all controls of the equipment through their full range to determine that the equipment is
operating according to the manufacturer's instructions and that each control performs its
intended function.

3.4.1.3 Interference Effects

With the equipment energized, individually operate each of the other electrically operated
aircraft equipment and systems to determine that significant conducted or radiated interference
does not exist. Evaluate all reasonable combinations of control settings and operating modes.
Operate communication and navigation equipment on the low, high and at least one but
preferably four mid-band frequencies. Make note of systems or modes of operation that should
also be evaluated during flight. If appropriate, repeat tests using emergency power with the
aircraft's batteries alone and the inverters operating.

3.4.1.4 Power Supply Fluctuations

Under normal aircraft conditions, cycle the aircraft engines(s) through all normal power
settings and verify proper operation of the equipment as specified by the equipment
manufacturer.

3.4.2 Aircraft System Communications Testing

In the past there have been significant problems with noise picked up by the audio systems
which degrades the intelligibility of the normal communications. This includes 400 Hz, other
power system responses, and wiring crosstalk in both the microphone and the headset/speaker
systems. It also includes RF feedback into the audio system being rectified and generating
spurious audio tones (a problem quite prevalent in many active microphone circuits).

3.4.2.1 Spurious Output Signals

When headset and handset earphone circuits are tested in accordance with the following test
procedures, the voltage measured at each output shall be less than 1 mV. This test should be
run while operating each on-board transmitter.

a. Connect a 300 ohm resistive load to the headset or handset output jack.
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

b. Pull the appropriate breakers to remove power from the audio system.

c. With a voltmeter, measure the RMS voltage across the resistive load.
d. Repeat this test for each output.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
133

3.4.2.2 Spurious Input Signals

When microphone circuits are tested in accordance with the following test procedures, the
voltage measured at each input shall be less than 2 mV. This test shall be run while operating
each on-board transmitter.

a. Connect a 150 ohm resistive load to the microphone input.

b. Pull the appropriate breakers to remove power from the audio system.

c. With a voltmeter, measure the RMS voltage across the 150 ohm resistor.

d. Repeat this test for each input.

3.4.2.3 Radio Generated Response

3.4.2.3.1 Radio Output Spurious Levels

With the microphone keyed and the radios installed, insure there is no internal audio
feedback. Establish communications and ensure acceptable quality over the RF link.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
135

4.0 EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

4.1 Required Operational Performance Requirements

To ensure the operator that operations can be conducted safely and reliably in the expected
operational environment, there are specific minimum acceptable performance requirements that
shall be met. The following paragraphs identify these requirements.

4.1.1 Power Input

Prior to flight, verify that the equipment is receiving primary input power necessary for proper
operation.

4.1.2 Equipment Operating Modes

The equipment shall operate in each of its operating modes.

4.2 Test Procedures for Operational Performance Requirements

Operational equipment tests may be conducted as part of normal pre-flight tests. For those tests
which can only be run in flight, procedures should be developed to perform these tests as early
during the flight as possible to verify that the equipment is performing its intended function(s).

4.2.1 Power Input

With the aircraft's electrical power generating system operating, energize the equipment and
verify that electrical power is available to the equipment.

4.2.2 Equipment Operating Modes

Verify that the equipment performs its intended function(s) for each of the operating modes
available to the operator.

4.2.3 Noise-Attenuating Headsets

The system integrator shall ensure that all aural warnings and required cockpit conversations
are able to be heard through both active and passive noise-attenuating headsets. The system
integrator shall switch off the ANR feature of any ANR headset and shall ensure that the
headset is functioning properly in passive mode. This statement shall be included in the
operators manual by the manufacturer in order to inform the system integrator and operator.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
136

4.2.4 Self-Test

If the equipment has self-test features, the operator shall be provided with adequate instructions
for conducting the test.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
137

5.0 MEMBERSHIP

RTCA Special Committee SC-226

Characteristics and Minimum Operational Performance


Standards For Aircraft Audio Systems and Equipment

Co-Chairs Organization
Allan Prince Cobham Aerospace Communications
Don Hamilton Alto Aviation

Designated Federal Officier Organization


Greg Frye Federal Aviation Administration
Christophe Hamel Federal Aviation Administration
Steve Ramdeen Federal Aviation Administration

RTCA Program Director Organization


Jennifer Iversen RTCA, Inc.
Sophie Bousquet RTCA, Inc

Committee Members Organization


Michel Colin Airbus
Don Nault The Boeing Company
Marcus Offermann Eurocopter
Greg Sherwood Garmin
Mark Goldberg Honeywell
Paul Prisaznuk ARINC

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Peter Grau ARINC
Ken Vanderputten Avtech
Paul Menard Avtech
Jorg Buchberger Sennheiser
Christian Grone Sennheiser
Anthony Mangiameli Bose
Dan Gauger Bose
Steven Parker Bosch
Luis Gonzales Becker Avionics
Marchus Schmitz Becker Avionics
Christian Kast Holmco
Gregory Laborde Cobham Aerospace Communications
Pascal Hamel Cobham Aerospace Communications
Francesco Orsino Gables Engineering, Inc.
Rick Robles Gables Engineering, Inc.
Eveillard Pluviose Gables Engineering, Inc.
Robert Miller Gables Engineering, Inc.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
138

Walt Viater Gables Engineering, Inc.


Todd Blackstock Anodyne Electronics Manufacturing Corp.
Murzeau Frank Lem Elno
Julie Rosier Lem Elno
Tom McDonald B/E Aerospace
Besset, Christophe Intertechnique
Steve Smejka Thales Avionics
Fraser Mcgibbon Thales Avionics
Wanpyo Hong Collier, Hansei University, South Korea
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX A

THE LEVEL OF AUDIBLE NOISE IN AIRCRAFT


AT THE PILOT’S LOCATION
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix A
A-1

MEASURED NOISE LEVEL - PILOT’S POSITION-


GENERAL AVIATION AIRCRAFT

DATA IS REPRESENTATIVE OF NOISE MEASURED IN EIGHT AIRCRAFT TYPES

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY - Hz

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix A
A-2

MEASURED NOISE LEVEL - PILOT’S POSITION

DATA IS REPRESENTATIVE OF NOISE MEASURED IN SEVEN AIRLINE JET AIRCRAFT


TYPES AT CRUISE
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY - Hz

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix A
A-3

MEASURED NOISE LEVEL - PILOT’S POSITION-


ARMY AVIATION HELICOPTERS

DATA IS REPRESENTATIVE OF NOISE MEASURED IN EIGHT AIRCRAFT TYPES

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY - Hz

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX B

DISCUSSION ON THE DETERMINATION OF


INTELLIGIBILITY, ARTICULATION INDEX,
AND SPEECH INTERFERENCE LEVELS
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix B
B-1

DISCUSSION ON THE DETERMINATION OF INTELLIGIBILITY, ARTICULATION INDEX,


AND SPEECH INTERFERENCE LEVELS

Intelligibility percentage, articulation index and speech interference level are qualities which directly
relate to the effectiveness of a communications system.

Intelligibility can be defined as the identification of speech sounds or words spoken by trained talkers to
trained listeners via a communications media. Intelligibility tests are typically conducted wherein talkers
read understandable words and the listeners record what they hear. The intelligibility score is the
percentage of words correctly understood by the listeners.

To date, three sets of test material meet these requirements and permit sufficient correlation from one to
another under a wide range of communications conditions. These are Phonetically Balanced Word Lists
(PBWL), Modified Rhyme Test (MRT) and Diagnostic Rhyme Test (DRT).

The PBWL consist of 50 monosyllabic words that are presented in pseudo-open sets with the listeners
writing down their responses. Each word is included in the same "carrier sentence".

The MRT consists of common monosyllabic words most having three sounds in a consonant-vowel-
consonant sequence. Listeners are offered six words from which to select the correct answer. A "carrier
sentence" may or may not be used.

The DRT consists of common monosyllabic words having three sounds in a consonant- vowel-consonant
sequence. The listener is given a choice of two words which differ only in the initial consonant.

AI can be defined as a measure of a communication systems' expected intelligibility. It is derived from


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

electrical and acoustical measurements performed on the system. The speech spectrum is divided into 20
measured bands between 200 and 6100 Hz. In each of these measured bands, the peak speech level is
recorded algebraically in dB relative to the ambient noise level. The contribution to AI for each band is
0.05. Each peak dB of speech above the ambient noise contributes 1/30 of the 5%. The value of 30 is
chosen because 30 dB is the dynamic range of speech peaks to speech minimums in normalized human
speech. From this, if all the positive speech peaks are 30 dB above the ambient noise in all 20 bands the
derived AI is 1.0.

An AI of 1.0 means that all of the speech dynamic range lies above the ambient noise level and
intelligibility approaching 100% can be expected. AI is a prediction of expected intelligibility and is a
quantitative measure of the hardware. The percent of intelligibility achieved when using a particular
communications system is a function of the type of message.

Intelligibility and AI are both reduced by noise. Quantitative measurements of noise as it relates to
intelligibility and AI can be made using several techniques such as. Preferred Speech Interference Level
(PSIL), Speech Transmission Index (STI), and Rapid Speech Transmission Index (RASTI) and Speech
Transmission Index for Public Address Systems (STIPA).

PSIL defined as the arithmetic average in dB in three "preferred" bands with center frequencies at 500,
1000 and 2000 Hz. (355 to 710 Hz, 710 to 1420 Hz, 1420 to 2480 Hz).

The AI can be determined, to a sufficiently close approximation, using an octave band analyzer. Using
the SLOW scale, measure the long time average noise level in the three bands above, calculate the PSIL.
Using the FAST scale, measure the average speech peaks in the same bands used for the PSIL. The

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix B
B-2

analyzer meter does not respond rapidly enough to measure true speech peak values. Calculate the
arithmetic average of the speech peaks in the three bands. Calculate the difference between the speech
peaks average and the SIL or PSIL. Divide this difference by 30 to obtain the approximate AI. As an
example, assume adjusted speech peaks in these bands to be 85, 80, and 75 dB. The average is 80 dB.
Assume the noise level in PSIL bands to be 70, 65 and 60. The average is 65. The difference in these
averages equals 15. The AI is 15/30 equals 0.5. The above measurements and calculations are
summarized in the following equation:
(db+4) (db+4) (db+4) (db) (db) (db)
1+ 2+ 3 1+ 2+ 3

AI = 3 3
30

Subscript 1 Band 1 ( 600-1200 Hz) or ( 500 Hz Center Freq.)


Subscript 2 Band 2 (1200-2400 Hz) or (1000 Hz Center Freq.)
Subscript 3 Band 3 (2400-4800 Hz) or (2000 Hz Center Freq.)

The relationship between percentage intelligibility and AI is shown in the following graph, FIGURE B-1.

STI may be defined as a method of quantifying the intelligibility of speech with respect to the
transmission media. STI is based on the implication that the temporal speech envelope at the listener
replicates the speech envelope at the speaker’s mouth. The test signal consists of a speech shaped noise
spectrum carrier with sinusoidal intensity modulation. Intelligibility can be quantified in terms of the
changes in the modulation envelope as the result of interfering noise, echoes or reverberation. This is
expressed as modulation reduction factor or Modulation Transfer Function (MTF). This phenomenon
appears as a reduction of signal to noise ratio irrespective of its cause. The STI Method uses 14
modulation frequencies in 7 octave bands resulting in 98 different data points.

RASTI is a condensed method of STI using a subset of the original 98 data points. RASTI analysis is
restricted to 4 and 5 modulation frequencies in two octave bands centered at 500 Hz and 2 kHz resulting
in 9 data points. The mean of the 9 values is normalized to range between 0.0 and 1.0. Simplifications to
the STI that allow RASTI result in restrictions that, in order to have a valid result, require the tested
system be linear (with no compression or clipping) and have a uniform frequency response (no more than
5 dB response difference between adjacent octaves).

STIPA does not have as many limitations as RASTI does. The limitations of STIPA are that the system
tested must not introduce strong non-linear distortion components or include the use of vocoders or
introduce frequency shifts. If the tested system falls within the bounds of both RASTI and STIPA’s
limitations, the two methods will yield the same result.

In both RASTI and STIPA testing, the test signal employed is a signal with speech-like characteristics.
Speech can be described as noise that is modulated by low-frequency signals. Therefore STIPA employs a
special amplitude modulation scheme to generate its test signal. At the receiving end of the
communication system, the depth of modulation of the received signal is measured and compared with
that of the test signal in each of a number of frequency bands. Reductions in the modulation depth are
associated with loss of intelligibility.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix B
B-3

100 TEST VOCABULARY


LIMITED TO 32
PB WORDS SENTENCES
90
PERCENT OF SYLLABLES, WORDS, OR SENTENCES

SENTENCES (FIRST
(KNOWN TO PRESENTATION
LISTENERS) TO LISTENERS)
80
PB WORDS
(1000 DIFFERENT WORDS)
UNDERSTOOD CORRECTLY

70

60
NONSENSE SYLLABLES
(1000 DIFFERENT WORDS)
50
RHYME TESTS

40
TEST VOCABULARY LIMITED
TO 256 PB WORDS
30

20 NOTE: THESE RELATIONS ARE


APPROXIMATE. THEY DEPEND UPON
TYPE OF MATERIAL AND SKILL OF
10 TALKERS AND LISTENERS

0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
ARTICULATION INDEX
FIGURE B-1 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ARTICULATION INDEX AND SPEECH
INTELLIGIBILITY

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX C
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOISE CANCELLATION IN MICROPHONES

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix C
C-1

NOISE CANCELLATION IN MICROPHONES

In this document, noise-canceling microphones are mentioned frequently. However, no requirement or


test is specified for this parameter. The principal reason for this is that there is no standard method used
for the measurement of the noise-canceling ability of such microphones. The many methods which are
used cannot be compared directly. Each agency, buying entity, manufacturer and standards-making body
has their own favorite method, some dating from 1950. It could impose an economic hardship for this
document to specify any one of the methods, since the equipment investment required would be very high
for a manufacturer not presently equipped for whatever method is chosen.

All of the methods produce data indicating the background noise-rejection capability of a noise-canceling
microphone. All of the methods use the same principle: The comparing of a close sound source
(spherical-wave) with a distant sound source (either plane-wave, complex wave or random wave).

One method will be described here for reference and demonstration purposes. It is used for qualifying
most military microphones and the degree of noise-canceling performance is related to the intersection or
crossover frequency of the on-axis near field and far field response curves. The microphones that
demonstrate intersections at high frequencies (usually greater than 2500
Hz) are normally boom microphones since shorter front-to back opening distances determine noise-
canceling ability. Hand-held microphones are typically in the 1500 Hz region due to the longer acoustic
path from front-to-rear/side ports. FIGURE C-1 shows how this intersection (or crossover of far field to
near field) is normally displayed.

TEST PROCEDURE

Noise-Cancellation Characteristics

The noise-canceling characteristics of the microphone are determined by a comparison of the sensitivity
and frequency-response characteristics to a near sound source with its sensitivity and frequency-response
characteristics to a far sound source.

Frequency-Response and Sensitivity to a Near Sound Source for Noise-Immunity Characteristics


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Measurements.

The microphone is mounted in the test fixture in such a way that the outside surface of the microphone
case (disregarding the barrier shield) is 6 mm from the plane containing the end surface of the sound
outlet of the artificial voice. Also, the center of the sound outlet of the artificial voice lies on a line
passing through the center of, and perpendicular to the talking port of the microphone under test. The
frequency-response of the microphone at standard conditions shall be obtained by measuring the output
voltage of the microphone under test across a resistive load over the frequency range of 200 Hz to 6000
Hz with a constant input pressure. The sensitivity shall be determined by measuring the voltage
developed when a 1000 Hz signal is supplied.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix C
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- C-2

FIGURE C-1 ON-AXIS COMPARISON OF NEAR TO FAR FIELD RESPONSE

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix C
C-3

Frequency-Response and Sensitivity to a Far Sound Source for Noise-Cancellation Characteristics


Measurements.

The frequency-response characteristics and sensitivity to a far sound source is determined by measuring
the voltage output of the microphone developed across a resistive load when the microphone is placed at
the calibration point using the same sound source in an anechoic room.

Calibration of the Far Sound Field

The sound field shall be calibrated at one meter from the sound source by using a ANSI Type M
condenser microphone (or an approved equivalent) using the free field calibration of the calibrated
microphone. The calibration of the microphone shall be in accordance with ANSI S1.12. The point
where the calibration microphone is place is known as the "calibration point."

Sensitivity to a Far Sound Source

The sensitivity of the microphone to a distant sound source at the calibration point is established by
measuring the voltage developed by the microphone across a resistive load and referred to a sound
pressure of 94 dB SPL at 1000 Hz.

Frequency-Response to a Far Sound Source

The frequency-response of the microphone at the calibration point shall be established by measuring the
voltage developed by the microphone across a resistive load as a continuous function of frequency from
300 Hz to 6000 Hz, referred to a sound field of constant sound pressure as determined with the standard
condenser microphone.

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Plotting of Data

The near frequency-response characteristics obtained herein shall be plotted on semi-logarithmic


coordinate paper. The far response shall be plotted on the same coordinates with point on the curve at
1000 Hz by the number of dB equivalent to the ratio of the near sensitivity in volts at
1000 Hz to the "far sensitivity" in volts at 1000 Hz: i.e.

Near sensitivity at 1 kHz


Number of dB = 20 log10
Far sensitivity at 1 kHz

Construction of "Difference Curves."

The two curves, "far response," shall be subtracted from the near response curve, and the differences
plotted.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX D

DELETED

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX E

DELETED
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
APPENDIX F

REFERENCES

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix F
F-1

REFERENCES

1. "Speech Interference Assessment: A Condensed View of Important Considerations and


Global Mode of Acceptability," W. T. Shepherd and W. J. Gunn; The Journal of Auditory
Research, 1977, 17, 117-138.

2. The Effects of Noise on Man, K. Kryter, N Y , Academic Press, 1970.

3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) S1.11-1986 (ASA 65); American National
Standard Specification for Octave-Band and Fractional Octave-Band Analog and Digital
Filters.

4. ANSI S3.2-1960; Method for Measurement of Monosyllabic Word Intelligibility.

5. ANSI S3.2-1989 (ASA 85); American National Standard Method for Measuring the
Intelligibility of Speech Over Communications Systems.

6. ANSI S3.25-1989 (ASA 80); American National Standard for an Occluded Ear Simulator.

7. ANSI S3.36-1985 (ASA 58); American National Standard Specification for a Mannequin for
Simulated "In-Situ" airborne Acoustic Measurements.

8. ANSI S3.5-1969; American National Standard Methods for the Calculation of the
Articulation Index.

9. ANSI S3.7-1991; American National Standard Methods for Coupler Calibration of


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Earphones.

10. ANSI S12.6-1984 (ASA 55); American National Standard Method for the Measurement of
the Real-Ear Attenuation of Hearing Protectors.

11. ASHRE, "Handbook - Fundamentals." American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning Engineers, 1991 Tullie Circle, Atlanta, Georgia.

12. IEC Publication 3 18-1970; An IEC Artificial Ear, of the Wide Band Type, for the
Calibration of Earphones Used in Audiometry.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix F
F-2

13. IEC Publication 268-7; Sound System Equipment: Headsets and Earphones.

14. MIL-STD-912 1990; Physical Ear Noise Attenuation Testing.

15. Russotti et. al., “Proposed Technique for Earphone Calibration, J. Audio Eng. Soc., Vol 36,
No 9, September 1988.

16. “Improving Telephone Handset Performance”, 1997, Brüel & Kjær Application Note,
http://www.bksv.com/doc/bo0455.pdf.

17. Lorho and Isherwood, “Acoustic Impedance Characteristics of Artificial Ears for
Telephonometric Use”, ITU-T Workshop September 2008, http://www.itu.int/dms_pub/itu-
t/oth/06/17/T061700000C0032PDFE.pdf.

18. Woo, “Acoustic Measurement on Headsets”, 114th AES Workshop,


http://www.aes.org/technical/documentDownloads.cfm?docID=176.

19. ANSI/ASA S12.68; “Methods of Estimating Effective A-Weighted Sound Pressure Levels
When Hearing Protectors are Worn”)

20. ISO 7731; “Ergonomics – Danger Signals for Public and Work Areas – Auditory Danger
Signals”

21. IEC60065; Audio, video and similar electronic apparatus – Safety requirements

22. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Standard For Telephone Equipment, UL 1459, Second
Edition (June 4, 1990)

23. ANSI/ASA S3.5; American National Standard Methods for Calculation of the Speech
Intelligibility Index

24. ITU-T P.57 Type 3.3; Electro-acoustic Measurement Devices for Modern Terminal
Equipment

25. ANSI/ASA S1.4; American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters

26. ANSI/ASA S12.6; Methods for Measuring the Real-Ear Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

27. ANSI/ASA S12.42; Methods for the Measurement of Insertion Loss of Hearing Protection
Devices in Continuous or Impulsive Noise Using Microphone-in-Real-Ear or Acoustic Test
Fixture Procedures

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix F
F-3

28. ANSI S3.19; Noise, Hearing Protection, Measurement

29. IEC 60268-16; Sound system equipment - Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility
by speech transmission index

30. NIOSH 98-126; National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) -
Occupational Noise Exposure

31. Bagshaw, “Hearing Loss on the Flight Deck – Origin and Remedy”,
http://aeromedical.org/Articles/NIHL.html.

32. James, “Defining the Cockpit Noise Hazard, Aircrew Hearing Damage Risk and the Benefits

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Active Noise Reduction Headsets Can Provide”, Table 3-1, NATO RTO-EN-HFM-111,
http://www.cso.nato.int/pubs/rdp.asp?RDP=RTO-EN-HFM-111.

33. ISO 4869-2; Acoustics. Hearing protectors

34. SAE AS8026; Crewmember Demand Oxygen Mask for Transport Category Aircraft

35. SAE AS8027; Crew Member Oxygen Regulators, Demand

36. SAE AS8031A; Personal Protective Devices for Toxic and Irritating Atmospheres Air
Transport Flight Deck (Sedentary) Crewmembers

37. TSO-C78a; Crew member Demand Oxygen Mask

38. TSO-C89a; Crew Member Oxygen Regulators, Demand

39. TSO-C99a; Flight Deck (Sedentary) Crewmember Protective Breathing Equipment

40. TSO-C123b; Cockpit Voice Recorder Equipment

41. TSO-C139a; Aircraft Audio Systems and Equipment

42. 40-CFR Part 211 Subpart B; Product Noise Labeling, Subpart B—Hearing Protective
Devices (incl. NRR rule)

43. 14-CFR 121.359; Cockpit voice recorders

44. ED-112; Minimum Operational Performance Specification for Crash Protected Airborne
Recorder Systems

45. ED-137; Interoperability Standards for VoIP ATM Components

46. BP0521-25 Product Data, Head and Torso Simulator Types 4128-C and 4128-D.
http://www.bksv.com/Products/transducers/ear-simulators/head-and-torso/hats-type-
4128c.aspx

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX G

RECOMMENDED DO-160x TEST CATEGORIES


FOR TRANSPORT CATEGORY AIRCRAFT
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix G
G-1

DO-160 Environmental Test SubSection Air Transport Category Aircraft


DO-160G Category
Ground Survival Low-Temp & Short-Time 4.5.1 A1
Operating Low-Temp -55C
Operating Low Temperature Test 4.5.2 A1
-40C
Ground Survival High-Temp & Short-Time 4.5.3 A1
Operating High-Temp +85C/+70C
Operating High-Temp 4.5.4 A1
+55C
In-flight Loss of Cooling Test 4.5.5 Z
without cooling during 20 hours at +40°C and
30mn at +55°C)
Applicable to units that Require Cooling
Altitude 4.6.1 A1
50,000 Ft
Decompression 4.6.2
A1
50,000 Ft

Overpressure 4.6.3
A1
Exception
-20.8K
193.05kPa
+28 PSIA

Temp. Variation 5 C
Humidity 6 A
Vibration 8
Cat S, Aircraft Type 1, Zone 1 (Fusalage), Level R
C with note (3)
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Magnetic Effect 15 Z
Power Input 16
A
Applicable to equipment that directly uses
aircraft power. Also applicable to Mic.

Voltage Spike Conducted 17


A
Applicable to equipment that directly uses
aircraft power. Also applicable to Mic.

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix G
G-2

DO-160 Environmental Test SubSection Air Transport Category Aircraft


DO-160G Category
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - 18
Power Input R

Induced Signal Susceptibility 19


ZW
19.3.1 20 A rms @ 350 hz, 400hz, and 800
hz

Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20


Radiated
(Transient -DO-214 term)
100 Mhz – 8 Ghz

0.1% Duty Cycle Pulsed, R


50% Duty Cycle Sqr Wave,
1 kHz Modulation, 90% depth

Cat R – Average levels


CW & SW
Freq = 100 Mhz to 18 Ghz
Level = 20 V/m and 28 V/m

Cat R – Pulse levels


PM
Freq = 400 Mhz to 18 Ghz
Level = 150 V/m

Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20


Conducted
(Sustained - DO-214 term)
10 kHz-400 MHz Cat T

CW
1 kHz Modulation, 90% depth

Emission of RF Energy 21
Cat M
Applicable to powered components (Mic
included)

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix G
G-3

DO-160 Environmental Test SubSection Air Transport Category Aircraft


DO-160G Category
Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22
(Multiple Burst) Cat L2
Multiple stroke / pulse : 1500 V / 300 V
Pin injection:
- Long wave: 750V
- Short wave: 1600 V
- Oscillatory wave 1500 V

Applicable to inputs that would be subjected


to this exposure.

Fire, Flammability 26 Flammability, Heat Release, Smoke Density:


- JAR, FAR 25.853, 25.855, 25.869 and
appendix F
Wire Flammability Flammability, Heat Release, Smoke Density:
- JAR, FAR 25.853, 25.855, 25.869 and
appendix F
Note that units that contain wire and cords
need these to be tested using FAR 25,
Appendix F25.1, 60 degree test
Smoke Density and Toxic Gas Generation Flammability, Heat Release, Smoke Density:
- JAR, FAR 25.853, 25.855, 25.869 and
appendix F
Electrostatic discharge 25 Cat A
Applicable to units that contain static
sensitive components

©2013 RTCA, Inc.


--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
APPENDIX H

ACRONYMS
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix H
H-1

Acronyms

AMU Audio Management Unit


ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASA American Standards Association
ASL Adaptive Sidetone Level
ASP Audio Selector Panel
ACP Audio Control Panel
AGC Automatic Gain Control
AI Articulation Index
ANR Active Noise Reduction
dB Decibels
dBA dB A-weighting
CSS Characteristic Sensitivity of Speech

--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
DSP Digital Signal Processor
DDP Declaration of Design and Performance
ED Eurocae Document
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
EUT Equipment Under Test
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Federal Communication Commission
HATS Head And Torso Simulator
Hz Hertz
HF High Frequency
HRTF Head-Related Transfer Function
IEC International Electro technical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITU International Telecommunication Union
N Noise
NRSA Noise Level Reduction Statistic for use with A-weighting

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST
Appendix H
H-2

NRSG Noise Level Reduction Statistic, Graphical


µPa Micro Pascal
PA Passenger Address
PSIL Preferred Speech Interference Levels
PTT Push-to-Talk
RASTI Rapid Transmission Speech Index
RF Radio Frequency
RMS Root Mean Square
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
--``,,`,,`````,````,``,,,,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SATCOM Satellite Communications


SNR Signal to Noise Ratio
SIL Speech Interference Levels
SPL Sound Pressure Level
STI Speech Transmission Index
STIPA Speech Transmission Index for Public Address Systems
THD + N Total Harmonic Distortion plus Noise
T-PED Transmitting Portable Electronic Device
TSO Technical Standard Order
UHF Ultra High Frequency
V Volts
VDC Volts Direct Current
VAC Volts Alternating Current
VHF Very High Frequency
VOX Voice-Operated-Switch
14 CFR Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations

©2013 RTCA, Inc.

Copyright RTCA, Inc.


Provided by IHS under license with RTCA, Inc. Licensee=BAE Birtley, Glascoed/5932949024, User=aka, jeferson
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 03/12/2016 03:24:29 MST

You might also like